1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % redefine the greyed out note
45 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
46 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
48 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
53 \font_typewriter default
54 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
125 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
136 \begin_inset Newline newline
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Note Note
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
164 LatexCommand tableofcontents
171 \begin_layout Chapter
175 \begin_layout Section
179 \begin_layout Standard
180 LyX is a document preparation system.
181 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
182 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
183 It is unlike most other
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
193 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
214 \begin_layout Standard
215 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
232 \begin_layout Standard
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
246 the format of all of the manuals.
247 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
248 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 \begin_layout Section
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
272 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
273 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
275 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
299 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
300 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
302 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
303 only a vertical scrollbar.
304 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
305 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
306 This, however, is due
307 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
308 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
309 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
310 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
312 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
313 this doesn't work for equations yet.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
356 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
365 without resorting to configuration files.
366 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
367 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
368 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
383 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
384 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
385 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
386 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Reconfiguration of LyX
401 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
404 \begin_layout Section
406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
408 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
415 \begin_layout Standard
416 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
417 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
440 that will be created when using the menu
442 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
462 \begin_inset Note Note
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
474 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
475 More on ERT is described in section
480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
486 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
507 Reconfiguration of LyX
515 \begin_layout Chapter
519 \begin_layout Section
520 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 \begin_layout Standard
538 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
644 a few minor differences.
647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
662 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
663 you for a template to use.
664 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
665 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
666 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
681 \begin_layout Standard
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
706 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
707 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
710 \begin_layout Standard
731 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
736 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
761 will reload the document from disk.
762 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
763 and want to restore it to the last save.
772 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
773 can identify this as your changes.
776 \begin_layout Section
777 Basic Editing Features
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
790 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
799 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
800 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
801 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
803 We'll start with cut and paste.
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 As you might expect, the
811 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
812 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
834 \begin_layout Itemize
844 \begin_layout Itemize
854 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 The first three are self-explanatory.
870 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
871 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
880 keys also functions as the
885 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
886 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
891 to get back the lost text.
894 \begin_layout Standard
898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
904 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
913 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
916 \begin_layout Standard
919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
935 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
941 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
950 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
951 will start a new paragraph.
954 \begin_layout Standard
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1005 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 button to skip the current word.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1042 If the toggle is set, searching for
1043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 will not match the word
1055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 Match whole words only
1071 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1101 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1103 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1108 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1115 \begin_layout Section
1120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1139 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1147 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1148 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1154 to undo some mistake.
1155 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1175 it was last saved, the
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1184 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1196 work on almost everything in LyX.
1197 They have some quirks, too.
1206 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1207 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1215 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1216 surely appreciate how it works.
1219 \begin_layout Section
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_layout Standard
1234 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1237 \begin_layout Enumerate
1242 \begin_layout Itemize
1247 once anywhere in the edit window.
1248 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1252 \begin_layout Enumerate
1257 \begin_layout Itemize
1263 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1272 \begin_layout Itemize
1273 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1282 \begin_layout Enumerate
1283 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1292 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1293 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1294 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1298 \begin_layout Enumerate
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1308 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1313 \begin_layout Section
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1317 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1336 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1338 LyX's default is CUA.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1345 \begin_inset space ~
1353 \begin_inset space ~
1374 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1384 LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Tabulator key"
1392 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1393 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1394 \begin_inset space ~
1398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1400 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1407 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1411 , especially section
1412 \begin_inset space ~
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1418 reference "sub:Lists"
1424 If you're still confused, look in the
1431 \begin_layout Labeling
1432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1437 LatexCommand nomenclature
1439 description "Escape key"
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1454 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1457 \begin_layout Labeling
1458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1464 \begin_inset space ~
1468 \begin_inset space ~
1475 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1476 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are three modifier keys:
1484 \begin_layout Labeling
1485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1504 LatexCommand nomenclature
1506 description "Control key"
1510 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1511 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1515 \begin_layout Itemize
1524 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1527 \begin_layout Itemize
1536 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1552 \begin_layout Labeling
1553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1572 LatexCommand nomenclature
1574 description "Shift key"
1578 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1579 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1582 \begin_layout Labeling
1583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1602 LatexCommand nomenclature
1604 description "Meta or Alt key"
1608 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1609 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1610 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1616 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1618 menu accelerator keys
1621 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1622 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 For example, the sequence
1628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1634 \begin_inset space ~
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 There are also other things bound to the
1696 key, but you'll have to check in the
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1710 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1711 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1712 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1713 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1714 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1715 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 followed by a capital
1737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1755 \begin_layout Chapter
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Section
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1789 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1790 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1791 numbering schemes, and so on.
1792 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1793 and format the title of your document differently.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1801 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1802 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1803 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1804 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1805 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1810 how to adjust their properties.
1813 \begin_layout Subsection
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1827 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Article for basic articles
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Report for basic reports
1851 \begin_layout Description
1852 Book for writing a book
1855 \begin_layout Description
1856 Letter for US-style letters
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1862 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1863 can be found in chapter
1865 Special Document Classes
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1878 \begin_layout Description
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1898 \begin_layout Description
1899 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1900 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1901 There are three article layouts available.
1902 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1903 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1904 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1905 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 sequential numbering
1911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1914 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1915 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1916 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1917 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1920 \begin_layout Description
1921 Beamer Layout for presentations
1924 \begin_layout Description
1925 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1926 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1930 \begin_layout Description
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1935 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1938 \begin_layout Description
1939 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1945 Die TeXnische Komödie
1947 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 Foils Used to make transparencies
1958 \begin_layout Description
1959 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1964 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1970 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1977 \begin_layout Description
1978 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1983 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1990 \begin_layout Description
1995 LaTeX document class
1998 \begin_layout Description
1999 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2002 \begin_layout Description
2007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2014 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2015 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2017 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2020 \begin_layout Description
2021 Slides Used to make transparencies
2024 \begin_layout Description
2026 \begin_inset space ~
2029 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2030 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2033 \begin_layout Description
2034 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2037 \begin_layout Description
2042 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2045 \begin_layout Standard
2046 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2048 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2053 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2054 of the document classes.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 You can select a class using the
2064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2103 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2104 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2106 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2122 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2123 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2124 installed by default.
2125 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2126 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 Each class has a default set of options.
2136 Here's a quick table describing them:
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2148 \begin_inset Tabular
2149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 You're probably also wondering what
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset space ~
2626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2630 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2631 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2636 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2641 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2651 headings, there are also
2659 headings, and so on.
2660 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2661 \begin_inset space ~
2665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2667 reference "sub:Headings"
2674 \begin_layout Subsection
2679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset space ~
2726 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2728 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2729 to use for your document.
2730 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2734 \begin_layout Standard
2738 \begin_inset space ~
2747 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2748 You can choose between the following five options:
2751 \begin_layout Labeling
2752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2757 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2760 \begin_layout Labeling
2761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2766 No page numbers or headings.
2769 \begin_layout Labeling
2770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 \begin_layout Labeling
2779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2784 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2785 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2786 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2789 \begin_layout Labeling
2790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2811 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2812 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2814 Check the documentation for the
2818 package for more details,
2819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2833 of paragraphs is described in section
2834 \begin_inset space ~
2838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2840 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2847 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 Paper Size and Orientation
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Document ! Paper size
2859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2861 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You'll find the following options in the menu
2872 \begin_inset space ~
2877 of the dialog of the
2879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 What size paper to print on.
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2913 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Itemize
2953 \begin_layout Labeling
2954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2959 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2970 \begin_layout Labeling
2971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2975 \begin_inset space ~
2980 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2981 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2984 \begin_layout Subsection
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 \begin_layout Standard
3016 Paper margins are set in the menu
3018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3038 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3039 the paper format and the font size into account.
3042 \begin_layout Subsection
3046 \begin_layout Standard
3047 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3052 That includes the paragraph environments.
3053 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3054 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3055 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3056 paragraph environments to
3060 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3061 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3062 the conversion and why it failed.
3065 \begin_layout Section
3066 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 Paragraph ! Indentation
3079 \begin_layout Subsection
3081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3083 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3092 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3097 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3098 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3099 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3103 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3109 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3110 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3111 language than English.
3112 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3117 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3119 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3120 LyX takes care of that.
3121 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3123 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3124 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3125 of a page, and so on.
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3135 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3136 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3140 of these pre-coded spacings.
3141 We'll explain more later.
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 Paragraph Separation
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3150 Paragraph ! Separation
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3159 To separate paragraphs, select
3170 \begin_inset space ~
3177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3191 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3192 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3205 \begin_layout Standard
3206 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3207 \begin_inset space ~
3211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3213 reference "cap:Units"
3218 The default length is 30
3219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3225 \begin_layout Subsection
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset space ~
3240 dialog and toggle the
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3248 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3249 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3250 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3255 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3256 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3259 \begin_layout Subsection
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3265 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3316 installed to use this feature.
3324 \begin_layout Section
3325 Paragraph Environments
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 Paragraph ! Environments
3336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3338 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 Paragraph environments|(
3355 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3382 \begin_inset Newline newline
3385 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3386 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3387 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3396 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 A paragraph environment is simply a
3401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3408 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3409 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3410 scheme, labels, and so on.
3411 Additionally, you can
3412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3419 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3420 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3421 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3422 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3423 days of typewriters.
3424 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3426 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3432 LyX will change the environment of the
3436 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3437 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3438 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3451 create a new paragraph using the
3455 paragraph environment.
3457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 because if you are in one of these environments:
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Itemize
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3514 , rather than resetting it to
3519 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3520 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3521 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3528 reference "sec:Nesting"
3533 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3538 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3539 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3547 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 The default paragraph environment is
3557 It creates a plain paragraph.
3558 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3559 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3560 this manual) are in the
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 You can nest a paragraph using the
3572 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3595 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 for thanks or contact information.
3605 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3606 page along with today's date.
3607 For other types of documents, the title
3608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3615 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3634 Here's how you use them:
3637 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 Put the title of your document in the
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 Put the author name in the
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3655 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3661 Note that using this environment is optional.
3662 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3663 If you don't want any date, add the line
3664 \begin_inset Newline newline
3674 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 to the preamble of your document (menu
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 You can use footnotes to insert
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3694 or contact informations.
3697 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3720 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 Section headings ! Numbered
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Enumerate
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3786 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3787 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3792 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3793 You group the book into chapters.
3794 LyX does similar grouping:
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 is divided in either
3811 \begin_layout Itemize
3823 \begin_layout Itemize
3835 \begin_layout Itemize
3847 \begin_layout Itemize
3859 \begin_layout Itemize
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Not all document types use the
3884 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3889 is the top-level heading.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3902 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3903 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3905 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3923 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3931 \begin_layout Standard
3932 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Enumerate
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3975 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3976 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3977 table of contents, see section
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3992 Changing the Numbering
3993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3995 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4004 in the Table of Contents.
4005 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4007 Certain classes start with
4021 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4031 This is something you can change.
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 \begin_inset space ~
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 you'll see two counters.
4071 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4073 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4078 Short Titles of Headings
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Section headings ! Short titles
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4101 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4110 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4111 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4112 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4117 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4118 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4119 To specify a short title, use the menu
4121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset space ~
4129 This will insert a box labeled
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4145 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4146 This also works for captions inside floats.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 The following information applies to all section headings:
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4166 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4169 \begin_layout Itemize
4170 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4177 \begin_layout Subsection
4178 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4196 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4197 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4198 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4199 the text they contain.
4200 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4208 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4221 when you start a new paragraph.
4222 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4226 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4227 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4228 to change back to the
4232 environment yourself.
4235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4266 time for the differences.
4275 are identical except for one difference:
4279 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4288 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 Here's an example of the
4305 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4307 See -- no indentation!
4311 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4312 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4313 the other paragraph.
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 Here's another example, this time in the
4324 \begin_layout Quotation
4330 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4331 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4332 the first line, then
4336 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4340 you were quoting other text.
4343 \begin_layout Quotation
4344 Here's a new paragraph.
4345 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4346 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 As the examples show,
4354 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4355 They should put quotes in the
4360 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4364 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4409 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 Which I did not rehearse!
4422 It could be much worse.
4423 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4425 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4426 indented a bit more than the first.
4427 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4433 \begin_inset Newline newline
4436 And make things look fine
4437 \begin_inset Newline newline
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4452 does not indent both margins.
4453 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4454 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4465 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4497 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4506 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4507 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4508 some general features of all four of them.
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4518 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4527 reset the environment to
4531 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4532 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4533 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4538 to break paragraphs.
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4543 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4545 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4546 you read all of section
4547 \begin_inset space ~
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4553 reference "sec:Nesting"
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4591 paragraph environment.
4592 It has the following properties:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The items can have any length.
4611 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4612 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 environment inside another
4628 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 \begin_inset space ~
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 reference "sec:Nesting"
4652 for a full explanation of nesting.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4666 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4671 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4672 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 The label for the first level
4680 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4684 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 The label for the second level is a dash.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 Back out to the third level.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back to the second level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the outermost level.
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 These are the default labels for an
4719 You can customize these labels in the
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4724 dialog in the submenu
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4745 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4747 \begin_inset space ~
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 reference "sec:Nesting"
4760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4778 name "sec:Enumerate"
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4790 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4791 It has these properties:
4794 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 environment resets the counter to one.
4816 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4831 Items can have any length.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4838 \begin_layout Enumerate
4839 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4842 \begin_layout Enumerate
4843 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4856 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4857 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4864 \begin_layout Enumerate
4865 The first level of an
4869 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4873 \begin_layout Enumerate
4874 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4893 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 Back to the third level
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the second level.
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the outermost level.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4913 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4918 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 There is more to nesting
4927 environments than we've stated here.
4928 You should read section
4929 \begin_inset space ~
4933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 reference "sec:Nesting"
4939 to learn more about nesting.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4960 name "sec:Description-List"
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4972 list has no fixed label.
4973 Instead, LyX uses the first
4974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4981 of the first line as the label.
4985 \begin_layout Description
4986 Example: This is an example of the
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 it is meant that the first hit of the
5011 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5013 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5027 \begin_inset space ~
5033 \begin_inset space ~
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5039 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5043 for more info.) Here is an example:
5046 \begin_layout Description
5048 \begin_inset space ~
5051 Example: This one shows how to use a
5054 \begin_inset space ~
5066 \begin_layout Description
5067 Usage: You should use the
5071 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5072 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5074 It's not a good idea to use a
5078 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5079 You're better off using
5091 paragraphs into them.
5094 \begin_layout Description
5095 Nesting: You can nest
5099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5105 them from the first line.
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5118 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5138 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5151 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5152 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5155 \begin_layout Labeling
5156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5158 \begin_inset space ~
5161 labels LyX uses the first
5162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5169 of each line as the item label.
5174 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5175 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5176 blank as described above.
5179 \begin_layout Labeling
5180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5181 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5182 the body of the item text.
5183 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5184 label width plus a little extra space.
5188 \begin_layout Labeling
5189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5191 \begin_inset space ~
5194 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5196 If the label width is larger, the label
5197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5204 into the first line.
5205 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5206 margin of the rest of the item text.
5209 \begin_layout Labeling
5210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5212 \begin_inset space ~
5215 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5220 environment have the same left margin.
5221 \begin_inset Newline newline
5224 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5229 \begin_inset space ~
5238 \begin_inset space ~
5243 determines the default label width.
5244 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 multiple times instead.
5254 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5266 \begin_inset space ~
5271 every time you alter a label in a
5276 \begin_inset Newline newline
5279 The predefined default width is the length of
5280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5289 \begin_inset Newline newline
5293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5302 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment the same way like the
5319 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5325 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5336 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5338 \begin_inset space ~
5342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5344 reference "sec:Nesting"
5348 to learn about nesting.
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 There is yet another feature of the
5356 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5358 You can use additional
5362 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5379 Here are some examples:
5382 \begin_layout Labeling
5383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5384 Left The default for
5391 \begin_layout Labeling
5392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5393 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5400 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5403 \begin_layout Labeling
5404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5416 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5419 \begin_layout Subsection
5424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5441 \begin_inset space ~
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5458 \begin_inset space ~
5464 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5465 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5466 In contrast, you can use the
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5478 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5479 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Of course, you're not limited to using
5491 \begin_inset space ~
5500 \begin_inset space ~
5505 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5506 some European academic papers.
5509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5513 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5526 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5530 \begin_inset space ~
5535 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5536 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5537 Here's an example of each:
5540 \begin_layout Right Address
5542 \begin_inset Newline newline
5546 \begin_inset Newline newline
5550 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 When is it? What is today?
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5566 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5567 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5568 Here's an example of the
5575 \begin_layout Address
5577 \begin_inset Newline newline
5580 Where do I send this
5581 \begin_inset Newline newline
5584 Your post office and country
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 As you can see, both
5595 \begin_inset space ~
5600 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5605 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5611 This makes sense, since
5619 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5620 Thus, you have to use
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5634 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5636 \begin_inset space ~
5645 menu) to start a new line in an
5652 \begin_inset space ~
5660 \begin_layout Subsection
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5666 or list of references.
5667 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5691 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5692 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5693 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5694 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5698 in anything else or vice versa.
5704 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5705 The book document classes ignores the
5709 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5713 in a letter document class.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5721 environment does several things for you.
5722 First, it puts the centered label
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5733 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5734 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5735 the subsequent text.
5736 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5737 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5740 \begin_layout Standard
5741 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 The new paragraph will still be in the
5751 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5752 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_inset Float figure
5761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5763 \begin_inset Graphics
5764 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_inset Caption
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5778 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5804 environment, but since this document is in the
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 class, we can't do this.
5813 We inserted it therefore as figure
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5820 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5825 If you've never heard of an
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5854 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5866 environment is used to list references.
5867 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5868 only use it at the end of the document.
5873 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 When you first open a
5881 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 depending on the document class.
5898 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5899 Each paragraph of the
5903 environment is a bibliography entry.
5908 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5909 Each new paragraph is still in the
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5925 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5932 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 Paragraph ! LyX code
5946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is another LyX extension.
5961 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5966 key as a fixed whitespace;
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5992 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5993 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6011 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6012 So, when you finish using the
6016 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6017 Also, you can nest the
6021 environment inside of others.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6028 \begin_layout Itemize
6033 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6045 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6081 You must put at least one
6085 in any line you want blank.
6086 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6089 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6094 since that will insert
6099 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6107 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 printf("Hello World!
6136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 This is just the standard
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6163 rc-files, and so on.
6164 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6165 as if you used a typewriter.
6169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 Paragraph environments|)
6178 \begin_layout Section
6179 Nesting Environments
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6184 Nesting ! Environments
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6199 \begin_layout Subsection
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6204 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6206 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6208 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6210 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6222 \begin_layout Enumerate
6226 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6246 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6249 \begin_inset space ~
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6261 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6275 will tell you how far you are nested).
6276 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6283 \begin_inset Graphics
6284 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6288 or the convenient key bindings
6296 to change the nesting level.
6297 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6298 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6304 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6305 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6306 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6311 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6313 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6316 \begin_layout Subsection
6317 What You Can and Can't Nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6322 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6327 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6328 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 Completely unnestable
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6336 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6337 other things inside of them.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6347 environments have them:
6350 \begin_layout Description
6351 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6352 Can't nest into them.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6396 \begin_layout Itemize
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6463 \begin_layout Description
6465 \begin_inset space ~
6468 Nestable You can nest them.
6469 You can nest other things into them.
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6479 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_layout Itemize
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6503 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 \begin_layout Itemize
6515 \begin_layout Itemize
6522 \begin_layout Description
6523 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6524 You can't nest anything into them.
6528 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \begin_layout Itemize
6538 \begin_inset space ~
6544 \begin_layout Itemize
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6556 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6560 \begin_inset space ~
6568 \begin_inset space ~
6576 \begin_layout Subsection
6577 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6582 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6590 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6597 \begin_layout Standard
6598 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6599 affected by nesting anyhow.
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6611 \begin_layout Itemize
6615 \begin_layout Standard
6617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6625 If you put a figure or a table in a
6629 , this is no longer true.
6634 Have a look at section
6635 \begin_inset space ~
6639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6641 reference "sec:Floats"
6645 for more informations about
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6654 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6658 \begin_layout Standard
6659 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 of its own, it behaves just like a
6668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6675 paragraph environment.
6676 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6680 \begin_layout Standard
6681 Here's an example with a table:
6684 \begin_layout Enumerate
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6690 This is (a) and it's nested.
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6703 \begin_inset Tabular
6704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6799 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6813 \begin_layout Enumerate
6818 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 This is (a) and it's nested.
6823 \begin_layout Standard
6824 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6830 \begin_layout Standard
6832 \begin_inset Tabular
6833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6934 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6946 \begin_layout Standard
6947 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6949 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 This is (a) and it's nested.
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6970 \begin_inset Tabular
6971 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Standard
7080 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7086 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7087 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7091 \begin_layout Subsection
7092 Usage and General Features
7093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7095 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7102 \begin_layout Standard
7103 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7112 is the innermost possible depth.
7113 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7116 \begin_layout Enumerate
7117 level #1 - outermost
7121 \begin_layout Enumerate
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7152 both of them in the example.
7153 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7163 For example, if we tried to nest another
7168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7178 \begin_layout Subsection
7183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7194 We have several examples of nested environments.
7195 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7200 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7203 \begin_layout Labeling
7204 \labelwidthstring MMM
7205 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7214 \begin_layout Labeling
7215 \labelwidthstring MMM
7216 #2-a This is level #2.
7217 We created it by using
7229 \begin_layout Labeling
7230 \labelwidthstring MMM
7231 #3-a This is level #3.
7232 This time, we just hit
7241 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7259 environment, nested inside of
7260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7268 So, it's at level #4.
7269 We did this by hitting
7277 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7282 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7310 \begin_layout Labeling
7311 \labelwidthstring MMM
7312 #4-a This is level #4.
7317 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7322 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7326 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7331 keep nesting things inside of
7332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 \begin_layout Labeling
7344 \labelwidthstring MMM
7345 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7350 \begin_layout Labeling
7351 \labelwidthstring MMM
7352 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7353 and this is level #6.
7354 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7358 \begin_layout Labeling
7359 \labelwidthstring MMM
7360 #5-b Back to level #5.
7373 \begin_layout Labeling
7374 \labelwidthstring MMM
7383 , we're back at level #4.
7387 \begin_layout Labeling
7388 \labelwidthstring MMM
7389 #3-b Back to level #3.
7390 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7394 \begin_layout Labeling
7395 \labelwidthstring MMM
7396 #2-b Back to level #2.
7401 \begin_layout Labeling
7402 \labelwidthstring MMM
7403 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7404 After this sentence, we'll hit
7408 and change the paragraph environment back to
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 We could have also used the
7432 environment in place of the
7437 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7441 Example 2: Inheritance
7444 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7445 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7448 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7458 , after which, we'll change to the
7466 \begin_layout Enumerate
7471 environment, at level #2.
7474 \begin_layout Enumerate
7475 Notice how the nested
7479 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7483 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 We ended this example by hitting
7493 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7497 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7505 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7518 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7526 \begin_layout Enumerate
7527 This is level #1, in an
7531 paragraph environment.
7532 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7547 Now, what happens if we nest an
7551 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7552 label be? An asterisk?
7556 \begin_layout Itemize
7566 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7567 So, its label is a bullet.
7568 (We got here by using
7576 , then changing the environment to
7584 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 Here's level #4, produced using
7594 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7599 \begin_layout Enumerate
7600 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7602 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7607 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7611 , because we are in the
7635 \begin_layout Enumerate
7640 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7641 type of numbering does LyX use?
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7645 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7649 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7652 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 to decrease the depth after the next
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7671 \begin_layout Enumerate
7673 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7674 numeral as the label.Why?
7677 \begin_layout Enumerate
7678 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7687 Notice, however, that LyX
7691 reset the counter for the label.
7695 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7705 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7706 into the twofold-nested
7714 \begin_layout Enumerate
7715 The same thing happens if we do another
7723 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7726 \begin_layout Standard
7727 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7732 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7746 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7752 The same rule applies for the
7756 environment, as well.
7759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7760 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7763 \begin_layout Enumerate
7764 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7765 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7766 same detail with how we did it.
7775 \begin_layout Standard
7778 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7780 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7781 example in parentheses someplace.
7782 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7783 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7784 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7793 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7798 Now we'll add verse.
7799 \begin_inset Newline newline
7802 It will get much worse.
7803 \begin_inset Newline newline
7808 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7814 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7815 \begin_inset Newline newline
7818 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7819 \begin_inset Newline newline
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7833 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7841 \begin_inset Tabular
7842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7933 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7937 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7948 : level #1) This is another item.
7949 Note that selecting a
7953 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7954 3 times to put the table inside the
7962 \begin_layout Quotation
7963 We're now ending the
7967 list and changing to
7972 We're still at level #1.
7973 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7974 The next set of paragraphs is a
7975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7989 \begin_inset space ~
7994 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7998 for the letter body.
8003 to preserve the depth.
8004 Remember that you need to use
8008 to create multiple lines inside the
8015 \begin_inset space ~
8025 \begin_layout Right Address
8027 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8031 \begin_inset Newline newline
8037 \begin_layout Address
8039 \begin_inset space ~
8045 \begin_layout Quotation
8046 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8047 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8050 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8051 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8052 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8053 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8054 as soon as possible.
8055 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8058 \begin_layout Quotation
8059 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8060 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8061 with your order, along with payment.
8064 \begin_layout Quotation
8065 We thank you again for your patience.
8068 \begin_layout Address
8070 \begin_inset Newline newline
8077 \begin_layout Quotation
8078 That ends that example!
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8083 just a few keystrokes.
8084 We could have easily nested an
8105 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8108 \begin_layout Section
8109 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8124 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8125 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8126 be broken at the end of a line.
8127 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8131 \begin_layout Subsection
8133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8135 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8155 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8159 Further documentation is given in section
8160 \begin_inset Newline newline
8164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8166 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8174 \begin_layout Standard
8175 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8190 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8199 A protected space is set with
8201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8206 \begin_inset space ~
8220 \begin_layout Subsection
8222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8224 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8233 Spacing ! Horizontal
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8242 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8245 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8249 The length units are listed in Appendix
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8256 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8267 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8290 \begin_inset space \space{}
8293 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8294 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8295 \begin_inset space ~
8299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8301 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8306 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8307 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8318 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8344 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8353 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8354 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8355 inside abbreviations:
8360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8364 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8369 \begin_inset space \space{}
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8376 or between values and units.
8377 Compare for example this:
8378 \begin_inset Newline newline
8382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8386 \begin_inset Newline newline
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8398 \begin_inset space ~
8410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8414 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8425 \begin_layout Description
8427 \begin_inset space ~
8431 \begin_inset space ~
8435 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8439 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8443 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8446 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8449 \begin_layout Description
8451 \begin_inset space ~
8455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8459 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8463 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8467 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8474 em) space between the arrows.
8477 \begin_layout Description
8479 \begin_inset space ~
8483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8487 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8491 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8495 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8499 \begin_inset space ~
8503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8506 em) space between the arrows.
8509 \begin_layout Description
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8519 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8523 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8527 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8531 \begin_inset space ~
8535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8538 em) space between the arrows.
8541 \begin_layout Description
8543 \begin_inset space ~
8547 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8551 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8556 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8563 cm space between the arrows.
8566 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset space ~
8572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8574 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8578 lists the different space sizes.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 \begin_inset Float table
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8589 \begin_inset Caption
8591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8594 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8598 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8608 \begin_inset Tabular
8609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8847 \begin_layout Standard
8848 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8849 in a uniform fashion.
8850 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8851 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8852 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8853 equally between themselves.
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8863 This is on the left side
8864 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8867 This is on the right
8873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8886 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 That was an example in the
8907 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8915 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8918 is one in a standard paragraph.
8919 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8923 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8927 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8928 Here's an example with the
8935 \begin_layout Labeling
8936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8938 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8942 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8946 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8956 \begin_layout Standard
8958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8965 marks the beginning of the item.
8966 (There is actually a
8967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8974 hfill inside of the label of the
8978 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 situations, like two-column mode.
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8999 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9003 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9004 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9005 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9009 option in the space dialog.
9017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9034 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9037 \begin_layout Standard
9038 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9041 What is correct English?:
9042 \begin_inset Newline newline
9046 \begin_inset Newline newline
9050 \begin_inset space ~
9053 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9054 \begin_inset Newline newline
9061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 \begin_inset Newline newline
9079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9090 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9097 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9102 \begin_inset space ~
9106 \begin_inset space ~
9110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9114 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9121 In our case write the command
9128 (note the space after
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9136 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9137 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9138 That is why it is named
9139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9151 There exists also the commands
9163 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9164 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9167 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9179 \begin_layout Subsection
9181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9183 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9200 \begin_layout Standard
9201 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 \begin_inset space ~
9212 There you find the following sizes:
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9228 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9233 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 for the paragraph separation.
9249 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9260 \begin_layout Standard
9269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9276 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9278 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9279 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9288 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 s are described in section
9298 \begin_inset space ~
9302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9304 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9313 If there are several
9317 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9318 You can therefore use
9322 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9330 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9337 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9356 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9368 \begin_layout Subsection
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9379 There are four possibilities:
9382 \begin_layout Itemize
9388 \begin_layout Itemize
9394 \begin_layout Itemize
9400 \begin_layout Itemize
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9407 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9408 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9409 the left and right margins.
9410 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9415 This paragraph is right aligned,
9418 \begin_layout Standard
9420 this one is centered,
9423 \begin_layout Standard
9425 this one is left aligned.
9428 \begin_layout Subsection
9433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9442 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9451 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9452 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9453 Only if you use many
9457 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9462 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9466 have to change the pagebreaking.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9470 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9472 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9475 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9477 \begin_inset space ~
9483 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9493 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9495 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9496 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9499 \begin_layout Standard
9500 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9501 at the top of a page.
9502 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9503 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9504 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9505 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9509 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9524 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9543 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9544 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9545 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9546 if necessary by adding pages.
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9550 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9553 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9555 \begin_inset space ~
9561 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9564 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9566 \begin_inset space ~
9570 \begin_inset space ~
9575 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9576 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9579 \begin_layout Subsection
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9593 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9600 \begin_layout Standard
9601 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9603 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9606 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9608 \begin_inset space ~
9612 \begin_inset space ~
9622 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9625 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9627 \begin_inset space ~
9631 \begin_inset space ~
9636 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9638 This is necessary to avoid
9639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9646 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9649 \begin_layout Standard
9650 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9651 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9652 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9653 set a linebreak, e.g.
9654 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9655 \begin_inset space ~
9659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9661 reference "sec:Quote"
9666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9668 reference "sec:Verse"
9673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9675 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9682 \begin_layout Subsection
9684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9686 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9709 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9711 \begin_inset space ~
9716 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9722 \begin_layout Section
9723 Fonts and Text Styles
9724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9726 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9733 \begin_layout Subsection
9738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 There are two types of fonts:
9751 \begin_layout Description
9753 \begin_inset space ~
9760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9766 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9767 characters) in the font.
9768 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9769 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9770 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9771 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9772 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9773 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9774 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9775 provide a good image.
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9780 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9781 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9782 sizes than at small ones.
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9797 \begin_inset space ~
9805 \begin_layout Description
9807 \begin_inset space ~
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9820 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9821 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9822 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9823 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9824 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9825 picture manipulation program.
9826 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9827 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9828 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9829 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9830 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9832 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9833 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9834 \begin_inset Newline newline
9837 Bitmap fonts are named
9840 \begin_inset space ~
9845 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9849 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9850 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9851 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9852 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9857 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9858 its document properties.
9861 \begin_layout Standard
9862 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9863 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9864 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9865 font to emphasize text, you use an
9866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9874 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9875 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9879 \begin_layout Subsection
9880 Document Font and Font size
9881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9883 name "sub:Document-Font"
9891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 You can set the document fonts in the
9913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9928 font shapes roman (serif),
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 The possible options for the font include
9948 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9953 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9975 European Computer Modern
9978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9997 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9998 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10011 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10017 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10018 There are three ways to use one:
10021 \begin_layout Itemize
10022 One way is to use the
10032 Virtual means that it
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10044 -glyphs from other fonts.
10045 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 Loading the LaTeX-package
10075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10076 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10081 with the document preamble line
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10089 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 will fix the guillemet problem.
10098 and that accented characters are not
10102 glyph, they are build of
10106 characters, the accent and the letter.
10107 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10111 fonts for words with accented characters.
10112 If you search for example for the French word
10113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 and not for the glyph
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset space ~
10138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10145 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10158 , consists of these three main font types
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10182 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10203 as typewriter font.
10204 \begin_inset Newline newline
10207 The differences between roman,
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10219 fonts are explained in section
10220 \begin_inset space ~
10224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10226 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10231 \begin_inset Newline newline
10237 \begin_inset space ~
10242 was originally designed for newspapers.
10243 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10244 into the small newspaper columns.
10248 \begin_inset space ~
10253 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10256 \begin_layout Itemize
10257 The best solution is to use the
10262 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10273 For the font size there are four possible values:
10290 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10294 The font sizes are the
10299 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10300 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10301 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10310 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10311 \begin_inset space ~
10315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10317 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10337 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10341 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10342 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10343 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10345 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 dialog, see section
10349 \begin_inset space ~
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10355 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10367 \begin_layout Subsection
10368 Using Different Character Styles
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_layout Standard
10392 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10393 certain paragraph environments.
10394 LyX supports two character styles,
10403 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10412 style, do one of the following:
10415 \begin_layout Itemize
10416 click on the toolbar button
10417 \begin_inset Graphics
10418 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10425 \begin_layout Itemize
10429 \begin_inset space ~
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10436 These commands are all toggles.
10441 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10445 One typically uses the
10449 style for proper names.
10451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10458 is the original author of LyX.
10459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 A more widely used character style is the
10471 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10479 clicking on the toolbar button
10480 \begin_inset Graphics
10481 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10488 \begin_layout Itemize
10489 using the keybindings
10492 \begin_inset space ~
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10503 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10504 es use a different font.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 We've been using the
10512 style all over the place in this document.
10513 Here's one more example:
10516 \begin_layout Quotation
10519 Don't overuse character styles!
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10524 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10525 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10526 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10534 \begin_inset space ~
10541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543 \begin_inset space ~
10551 \begin_layout Subsection
10552 Fine-Tuning with the
10557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10559 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10576 \begin_layout Standard
10577 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10578 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10579 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10580 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10581 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10582 from ordinary dialog.
10585 \begin_layout Standard
10586 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10587 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10588 \begin_inset Newline newline
10591 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10592 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10596 To use custom character styles, open the
10598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 \begin_inset space ~
10606 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10607 font property which you can choose.
10608 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10611 \begin_inset space ~
10616 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10621 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10622 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10623 environments in a snap.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10642 \begin_layout Labeling
10643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10657 The possible options are:
10661 \begin_layout Labeling
10662 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10667 This is the Roman font family.
10668 Normally a serif font.
10669 It's also the default family.
10674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10686 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 \begin_inset Note Note
10706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10707 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10708 It is explained in section
10709 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10715 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10727 \begin_layout Labeling
10728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10739 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 \begin_inset space ~
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 \begin_layout Labeling
10778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 This is the Typewriter font family.
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10826 \begin_layout Labeling
10827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10832 This corresponds to the print weight.
10837 \begin_layout Labeling
10838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10843 This is the Medium font series.
10844 It's also the default series.
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 This is the Bold font series.
10862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10900 As the name implies.
10905 \begin_layout Labeling
10906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10911 This is the Upright font shape.
10912 It's also the default shape.
10915 \begin_layout Labeling
10916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10930 s the Italic font shape
10936 \begin_layout Labeling
10937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10944 This is the Slanted font shape
10946 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10954 \begin_inset space ~
10961 This is the Small caps font shape
10968 \begin_layout Labeling
10969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10974 Alters the size of the font.
10975 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10976 nal to the document font size.
10977 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10978 what you want to do.
10983 \begin_layout Labeling
10984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 \begin_inset space ~
11027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11050 \begin_inset space ~
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11069 \begin_layout Labeling
11070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11104 \begin_inset space ~
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_layout Labeling
11124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 \begin_inset space ~
11167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 \begin_inset space ~
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11209 \begin_layout Labeling
11210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11244 \begin_inset space ~
11253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11276 \begin_inset space ~
11285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11295 \begin_layout Labeling
11296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 It's also the default size.
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_inset space ~
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11378 \begin_layout Labeling
11379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 \begin_layout Labeling
11465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11499 \begin_inset space ~
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11550 \begin_layout Labeling
11551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11585 \begin_inset space ~
11594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11639 \begin_inset space ~
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11671 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 \begin_inset space ~
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11757 \begin_inset space ~
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11782 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11783 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11784 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11785 - use that instead.
11786 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11789 \begin_layout Labeling
11790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11795 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11808 This is text with emphasize on
11811 This might seem like the same as
11815 , but it is actually a bit different.
11821 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11823 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11834 This is text with Underbar on.
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11853 \begin_inset space ~
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11872 \begin_inset Newline newline
11877 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11878 when you couldn't change fonts.
11879 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11880 It's only included in LyX because some people
11884 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11887 \begin_layout Labeling
11888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11895 This is text with Noun on.
11902 , this is a logical attribute.
11903 Normally it's equivalent to
11906 \begin_inset space ~
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11921 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11922 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11926 \begin_inset space ~
11931 , which is the default
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 and means normally black, you can choose between
11975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_layout Labeling
11985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11990 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11991 the language of the document.
11992 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11996 \begin_layout Standard
11997 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11998 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12002 \begin_inset space ~
12007 dialog, the settings are saved.
12008 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12009 \begin_inset Graphics
12010 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12015 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12016 when the dialog isn't visible.
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12024 \begin_inset space ~
12030 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12031 (suppose you just set the shape to
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12050 \begin_inset space ~
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12071 \begin_inset space ~
12083 \begin_layout Itemize
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12096 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 \begin_inset Newline newline
12121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 \begin_inset Note Note
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12150 For more on phantoms see section
12151 \begin_inset space ~
12155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12157 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12167 \begin_inset Newline newline
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12178 fonts use characters with serifs.
12179 These are the small
12180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12187 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12188 The following example will show the difference:
12189 \begin_inset Newline newline
12193 \begin_inset Newline newline
12198 text without serifs
12201 \begin_inset Newline newline
12204 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12205 They are therefore used as default font (named
12212 \begin_layout Itemize
12218 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12219 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12222 \begin_layout Standard
12223 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12224 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12227 \begin_layout Section
12228 Printing and Previewing
12231 \begin_layout Subsection
12235 \begin_layout Standard
12236 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12237 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12238 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12239 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12240 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12243 \begin_inset space ~
12251 \begin_layout Standard
12252 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12253 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12254 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12255 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12256 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12257 This happens in two stages:
12260 \begin_layout Enumerate
12261 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12262 generating a file with the extension,
12263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12277 \begin_layout Enumerate
12278 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12282 file to produce printable output.
12286 \begin_layout Subsection
12287 Output file formats
12291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12300 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12313 File formats ! ASCII
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 This file type has the extension
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12339 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12362 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12370 \begin_layout Standard
12371 This file type has the extension
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12383 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12385 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12386 it manually with console commands.
12387 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12388 you view or export your document.
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12395 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12426 \begin_layout Standard
12427 This file type has the extension
12428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12448 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12449 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12450 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12452 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12465 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12466 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12471 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12472 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12473 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12474 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12477 \begin_layout Standard
12478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12493 File formats ! PostScript
12501 \begin_layout Standard
12502 This file type has the extension
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12515 PostScript was developed by the company
12519 as printer language.
12520 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12522 PostScript can be seen as
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 programming language
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12535 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12555 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12558 \begin_layout Standard
12559 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12563 Encapsulated PostScript
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12567 (EPS, file extension
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12581 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12582 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12583 whenever you view or export your document.
12584 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12585 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12586 EPS to avoid this problem.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12593 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12623 \begin_layout Standard
12624 This file type has the extension
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12641 Portable Document Format
12642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12645 (PDF) is developed by
12649 as derivative from PostScript.
12650 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12659 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12660 looks exactly the same.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 (JPG, file extension
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12700 Portable Network Graphics
12701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12704 (PNG, file extension
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12718 in the background to one of these formats.
12719 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12720 will slow down your workflow.
12721 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12730 in three different ways:
12733 \begin_layout Description
12734 PDF This uses the program
12738 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12739 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12743 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12744 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12747 \begin_layout Description
12749 \begin_inset space ~
12752 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12756 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12760 \begin_layout Description
12762 \begin_inset space ~
12765 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12769 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12772 \begin_layout Standard
12773 We recommend to use
12776 \begin_inset space ~
12785 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12791 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12794 \begin_layout Subsection
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12809 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12810 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12814 and choose a file type.
12815 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12818 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12821 you can use the toolbar button
12822 \begin_inset Graphics
12823 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12833 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12835 \begin_inset space ~
12840 you can use the toolbar button
12841 \begin_inset Graphics
12842 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12851 viewer window using the menu
12853 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12862 To have a real output, export your document.
12865 \begin_layout Subsection
12866 Printing the File from within LyX
12867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12869 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12878 it directly from within LyX.
12879 To print a file, select the menu
12881 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12884 or click on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_inset Graphics
12886 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12891 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12892 This file is then processed by the program
12896 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12901 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12906 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12907 printing one set to print on the other side.
12908 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12909 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12910 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 You can set the parameters in the
12917 \begin_inset space ~
12925 \begin_layout Labeling
12926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12931 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12936 Note that this printer name is for the program
12945 has to be configured for this printer name.
12946 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12947 \begin_inset space ~
12951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12953 reference "sub:Printer"
12962 The printer should understand PostScript.
12965 \begin_layout Labeling
12966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12971 The name of a file to print to.
12972 The output will be a PostScript file.
12973 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12977 \begin_layout Section
12978 A few Words about Typography
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12991 \begin_layout Subsection
12996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13025 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13040 \begin_layout Enumerate
13042 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13046 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13064 \begin_layout Enumerate
13066 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13070 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_layout Enumerate
13103 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13107 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 \begin_layout Enumerate
13153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13157 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13161 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13179 \begin_layout Standard
13180 You generate them by inserting the
13181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 character multiple times in a row.
13193 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13194 final output, but not in LyX.
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13199 math mode and has a length of its own.
13200 Here are some examples of the
13201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13215 \begin_layout Enumerate
13216 line- and page-breaks
13217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13227 \begin_layout Enumerate
13229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13239 \begin_layout Enumerate
13240 Oh --- there's a dash.
13241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13251 \begin_layout Enumerate
13252 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13266 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13280 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13287 \begin_layout Standard
13288 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13289 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13298 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13303 following the rules of the document language
13307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13308 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13316 \begin_inset space ~
13320 \begin_inset space ~
13327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13344 and with unusual constructs, like
13345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13354 This is done with the menu
13356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13359 \begin_inset space ~
13365 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13366 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13371 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13372 a hyphen and a space in the form
13373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13389 as hyphenation possibility.
13390 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13391 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13392 of the LaTeX-box-command
13398 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13399 As LyX doesn't support
13405 , we have to use ERT.
13406 The result looks in LyX like:
13409 \begin_layout Standard
13410 \begin_inset Graphics
13411 filename clipart/mbox.png
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13420 \begin_inset space ~
13424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13426 reference "sec:ERT"
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13448 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13460 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13461 LaTeX then adds the
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 appropriate amount of space
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13472 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13491 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 Here are some examples of
13499 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13502 \begin_layout Itemize
13507 \begin_layout Itemize
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13519 this is too much space!
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13539 \begin_inset space ~
13544 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13545 \begin_inset space ~
13549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13551 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 Spaces ! inter-word
13568 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset space ~
13577 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13578 \begin_inset space ~
13582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13584 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset space ~
13609 \begin_inset space ~
13613 \begin_inset space ~
13620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13622 \begin_inset space ~
13627 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13628 This function is also bound to
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13639 \begin_layout Itemize
13641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset space \space{}
13648 this is too much space!
13651 \begin_layout Itemize
13652 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13658 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13659 LaTeX will care about this.
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13668 \begin_inset space ~
13673 feature described in section
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13690 Typography ! Quotes
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13739 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13740 and use a closing quote at the end.
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 The keyboard character,
13754 , generates this automatically.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can change the behavior of the
13762 key using the submenu
13768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 Document ! Settings
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13790 There are six choices:
13793 \begin_layout Labeling
13794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 Use quotes like this
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes els
13819 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13825 \begin_layout Labeling
13826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13847 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13857 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13875 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13879 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13885 \begin_layout Labeling
13886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13889 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13911 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13917 \begin_layout Labeling
13918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13943 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13949 \begin_layout Labeling
13950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13953 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13971 \begin_inset Quotes als
13975 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 These settings affects what character the
13989 \begin_layout Subsection
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Typography ! Ligatures
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14035 name "sub:Ligatures"
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14044 print them as single characters.
14045 These groups are known as
14050 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14052 Here are the standard ligatures:
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 \begin_layout Itemize
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14081 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 To break a ligature, use
14107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_inset space ~
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_layout Subsection
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14167 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You have surely noticed, that the word
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14184 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14185 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Note Note
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14218 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14223 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14227 \begin_layout Description
14228 LyX The name of the game, write
14229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Description
14251 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14273 \begin_layout Description
14274 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14334 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14338 : The actual version is
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 , the previous one was
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14359 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14360 This will look in LyX like:
14361 \begin_inset Graphics
14362 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14367 \begin_inset Newline newline
14370 For more about ERT, look at section
14371 \begin_inset space ~
14375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14377 reference "sec:ERT"
14384 \begin_layout Subsection
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14399 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14400 space between two words.
14401 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14411 for units use the menu
14413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14416 \begin_inset space ~
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 Here's an example to show the differences:
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 \begin_inset Tabular
14434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14436 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14444 \begin_inset space ~
14448 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14460 space between number and unit
14467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14476 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14488 half space between number and unit
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14507 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14525 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14526 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14527 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14528 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14529 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14530 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14543 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14544 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14545 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14546 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14547 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14548 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14553 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14554 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14555 \begin_inset space ~
14559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14561 key "latexcompanion"
14566 \begin_inset space ~
14570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14576 ] may have more information.
14577 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14580 \begin_layout Chapter
14581 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14584 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14597 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14600 \begin_layout Section
14605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14621 \begin_layout Standard
14622 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14625 \begin_layout Description
14627 \begin_inset space ~
14630 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14631 \begin_inset Newline newline
14635 \begin_inset Note Note
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14639 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14647 \begin_layout Description
14648 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14649 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14652 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14656 \begin_inset Newline newline
14660 \begin_inset Note Comment
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14672 \begin_layout Description
14674 \begin_inset space ~
14677 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14678 \begin_inset Newline newline
14682 \begin_inset Newline newline
14686 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14696 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14697 How this can be done is explained in the
14706 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14712 \begin_inset Newline newline
14716 \begin_inset Newline newline
14719 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14720 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14723 \begin_layout Description
14724 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14726 \begin_inset Box Framed
14735 height_special "totalheight"
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14744 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14745 \begin_inset space ~
14749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14751 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14755 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14759 \begin_layout Description
14760 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14761 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14770 height_special "totalheight"
14773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14779 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14780 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14783 \begin_layout Standard
14784 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14785 \begin_inset Graphics
14786 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14788 scaleBeforeRotation
14794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14798 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14801 \begin_layout Section
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14815 name "sec:Footnotes"
14822 \begin_layout Standard
14823 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14829 or the toolbar button
14830 \begin_inset Graphics
14831 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14844 \begin_inset Graphics
14845 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14855 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14884 label, the box will
14888 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14889 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14902 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14919 Here's an example footnote:
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14936 \begin_layout Standard
14937 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14938 position where the footnote box is placed.
14939 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14940 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14941 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14942 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14943 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14948 ey are described in the
14955 \begin_layout Section
14960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14969 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14978 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14987 or the toolbar button
14988 \begin_inset Graphics
14989 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 appearing within your text.
15017 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 At the side is an example marginal note.
15031 \begin_inset Marginal
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 This is a marginal note.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15045 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15046 pages, right on odd pages.
15049 \begin_layout Section
15050 Graphics and Images
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15073 name "sec:Graphics"
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15082 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15094 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15098 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15103 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15104 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15105 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15107 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15108 \begin_inset space ~
15112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15126 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15127 of the image in the output.
15128 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15132 \begin_inset space ~
15136 \begin_inset space ~
15145 \begin_inset space ~
15149 \begin_inset space ~
15153 \begin_inset space ~
15158 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15159 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15173 You can also set the
15177 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15178 This option is explained in section
15179 \begin_inset space ~
15183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15185 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15193 \begin_inset space ~
15198 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15199 image size is printed.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15204 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15206 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15207 centered paragraph:
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15212 \begin_inset Graphics
15213 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15215 rotateOrigin center
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15223 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15224 the image into a float, see section
15225 \begin_inset space ~
15229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15231 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15238 \begin_layout Subsection
15243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15252 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15260 You can insert images in any known file format.
15261 But as we explained in section
15262 \begin_inset space ~
15266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15268 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15272 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15273 LyX uses therefore the program
15277 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15278 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15279 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15280 \begin_inset space ~
15284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15286 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15293 \begin_layout Standard
15294 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15297 \begin_layout Description
15299 \begin_inset space ~
15302 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15303 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15304 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15308 Graphics Interchange Format
15309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15312 (GIF, file extension
15313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15360 Portable Network Graphics
15361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15364 (PNG, file extension
15365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15412 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15416 (JPG, file extension
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15475 \begin_layout Description
15477 \begin_inset space ~
15480 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15482 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15483 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15484 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15485 \begin_inset Newline newline
15488 Scalable image formats can be
15489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15492 Scalable Vector Graphics
15493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15496 (SVG, file extension
15497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15544 Encapsulated PostScript
15545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15548 (EPS, file extension
15549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15596 Portable Document Format
15597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15600 (PDF, file extension
15601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15623 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15624 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15625 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15639 \begin_layout Standard
15640 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15644 \begin_layout Section
15649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15666 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15667 \begin_inset Graphics
15668 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15679 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15680 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15681 from the rest of the table.
15682 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15683 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15685 Here's an example table:
15688 \begin_layout Standard
15690 \begin_inset Tabular
15691 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_layout Subsection
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15901 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15902 brings up the table dialog.
15903 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15904 where the cursor is placed currently.
15905 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15906 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15907 done on all of your selection.
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15911 Additionally to the table dialog the
15914 \begin_inset space ~
15919 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15921 It is for example currently only possible to add
15922 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15929 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15932 \begin_layout Standard
15936 \begin_inset space ~
15941 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15942 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15943 current cell respectively.
15944 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15946 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15947 of text, see section
15948 \begin_inset space ~
15952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15954 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15962 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15968 This will merge the cells to
15972 cell, spread over more than one column.
15973 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15974 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15975 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15976 in the last row without the upper border:
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15981 \begin_inset Tabular
15982 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15983 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15985 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15998 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16119 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16120 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16121 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16122 explained in the tables section of the
16125 \begin_inset space ~
16131 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16132 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16135 degrees counterclockwise.
16136 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16140 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 Most DVI-viewers are
16152 able to display rotations.
16160 \begin_layout Standard
16165 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16170 adds lines for all cell borders.
16173 \begin_layout Subsection
16178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 Tables ! Longtables
16188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 \begin_layout Standard
16198 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16201 \begin_inset space ~
16205 \begin_inset space ~
16214 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16215 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16218 \begin_layout Description
16223 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16224 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16225 except for the first page, if
16228 \begin_inset space ~
16236 \begin_layout Description
16240 \begin_inset space ~
16245 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16246 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16249 \begin_layout Description
16254 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16255 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16256 except for the last page, if
16259 \begin_inset space ~
16267 \begin_layout Description
16271 \begin_inset space ~
16276 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16277 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16282 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16283 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16284 The others will then be defined as
16289 In this context, first means first in this order:
16292 \begin_inset space ~
16304 \begin_inset space ~
16310 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16315 \begin_inset Tabular
16316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16317 <features islongtable="true">
16318 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16320 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16321 <row endfirsthead="true">
16322 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16328 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16333 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 <row endfirsthead="true">
16353 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <row endhead="true">
16386 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16406 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 <row endhead="true">
16417 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <row endfoot="true">
16450 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <row endlastfoot="true">
18432 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 \begin_layout Subsection
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18483 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18490 \begin_layout Standard
18491 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18492 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18493 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18494 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18498 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18499 for the cell's paragraph.
18502 \begin_layout Standard
18503 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18504 for the column in the table dialog.
18505 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18506 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18510 \begin_layout Standard
18512 \begin_inset Tabular
18513 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18516 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18662 This is longer now.
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18719 This is longer now.
18724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 \begin_layout Standard
18751 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18752 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18753 Selection with the mouse or with
18757 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18758 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18759 the selection from outside the table.
18762 \begin_layout Section
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18783 \begin_layout Standard
18784 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18785 have a fixed location.
18787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18794 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18802 \begin_inset space ~
18807 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18808 too much notes at the page.
18811 \begin_layout Standard
18812 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18813 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18814 and pages without text.
18815 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18816 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18817 Floats are therefore numbered.
18818 Referencing is described in section
18819 \begin_inset space ~
18823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18825 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18832 \begin_layout Standard
18833 To insert a float, use the menu
18835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18839 A box with a caption that has e.
18840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18844 \begin_inset space ~
18848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18852 \begin_inset space ~
18856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18859 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18860 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18862 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18873 paragraph within the float.
18874 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18875 by left-clicking on the box label.
18876 A closed float box looks like this:
18877 \begin_inset Graphics
18878 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18883 -- a gray button with a red label.
18886 \begin_layout Standard
18887 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18888 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18891 \begin_layout Subsection
18895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18901 Floats ! Figure floats
18907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18909 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18916 \begin_layout Standard
18919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18920 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18923 inserts a float with the label
18924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18930 \begin_inset space ~
18936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18940 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18941 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18942 This is what we did for Figure
18943 \begin_inset space ~
18947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18949 reference "cap:Platypus"
18954 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18955 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18956 This was done in Figure
18957 \begin_inset space ~
18961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18963 reference "cap:Escher"
18970 \begin_layout Standard
18971 \begin_inset Float figure
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 \begin_inset Graphics
18979 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18981 rotateOrigin center
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 \begin_inset Caption
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18994 name "cap:Platypus"
18998 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19011 \begin_layout Standard
19012 \begin_inset Float figure
19017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 \begin_inset Caption
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 \begin_inset Graphics
19039 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19041 rotateOrigin center
19053 \begin_layout Standard
19054 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19056 As described in section
19057 \begin_inset space ~
19061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19063 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19067 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19072 and refer to it using the menu
19074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19078 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19087 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19099 \begin_layout Standard
19100 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19101 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19102 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19103 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19105 \begin_inset space ~
19109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19111 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19115 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19116 You can also set the images one below the other.
19118 \begin_inset space ~
19122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19124 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19131 reference "fig:Platypus"
19135 are the subfigures.
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19139 \begin_inset Float figure
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19149 \begin_inset Float figure
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 \begin_inset Caption
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19160 name "fig:Undefinable"
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 \begin_inset Graphics
19174 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19185 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19189 \begin_inset Float figure
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 \begin_inset Caption
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19200 name "fig:Platypus"
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 \begin_inset Graphics
19214 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19226 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 \begin_inset Caption
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19238 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19242 Two distorted images.
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19256 Note that the caption is added to the
19259 \begin_inset space ~
19263 \begin_inset space ~
19268 as described in section
19269 \begin_inset space ~
19273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19275 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 Floats ! Table floats
19294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19296 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19303 \begin_layout Standard
19304 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19307 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19311 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19314 \begin_inset space ~
19318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19320 reference "cap:Table-float"
19324 is an example of a table float.
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 \begin_inset Float table
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 \begin_inset Caption
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19339 name "cap:Table-float"
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 \begin_inset Tabular
19354 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19358 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19508 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19564 \begin_layout Standard
19565 This float type is inserted with the menu
19567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19568 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19572 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19573 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19577 , described in section
19578 \begin_inset space ~
19582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19584 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19591 \begin_layout Standard
19592 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19606 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19614 floatname{algorithm}{your
19615 \begin_inset space ~
19621 \begin_layout Standard
19622 to the document preamble (menu
19624 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19631 \begin_inset space ~
19637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19665 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19672 \begin_layout Standard
19673 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 \begin_inset Graphics
19682 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19684 rotateOrigin center
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 \begin_inset Caption
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19697 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19701 This is a wrapped figure.
19702 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19715 This float type is used if you want to
19716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19723 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19725 It can be inserted using the menu
19727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19728 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19730 \begin_inset space ~
19735 if the LaTeX-package
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19757 \begin_inset space ~
19767 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19770 \begin_inset space ~
19774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19776 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19780 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 Available units are explained in Appendix
19790 \begin_inset space ~
19794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19796 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19805 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19809 \begin_layout Standard
19810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19818 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19819 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19820 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19821 over some other text.
19829 \begin_layout Itemize
19830 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19831 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19832 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19833 breaks will appear.
19836 \begin_layout Itemize
19837 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19838 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19841 \begin_layout Itemize
19842 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19843 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19846 \begin_layout Itemize
19847 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19850 \begin_layout Subsection
19852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19854 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 \begin_layout Standard
19872 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19873 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19877 \begin_inset space ~
19885 \begin_layout Standard
19886 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19887 a two-column document).
19888 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19889 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19896 \begin_layout Standard
19897 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19898 format is also the same: Table
19899 \begin_inset space ~
19903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19905 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19909 is an example of a rotated table float.
19912 \begin_layout Standard
19913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19929 \begin_layout Standard
19930 \begin_inset Float table
19935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19936 \begin_inset Caption
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19941 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 \begin_inset Tabular
19956 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 \begin_layout Subsection
20024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20026 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 \begin_layout Standard
20044 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20045 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20046 \begin_inset Newline newline
20052 \begin_inset space ~
20057 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20058 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20060 \begin_inset Newline newline
20066 \begin_inset space ~
20071 is used to rotate floats, see section
20072 \begin_inset space ~
20076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20078 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20085 \begin_layout Standard
20086 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20087 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20094 \begin_inset space ~
20102 \begin_layout Description
20104 \begin_inset space ~
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20111 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20114 \begin_layout Description
20116 \begin_inset space ~
20120 \begin_inset space ~
20123 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20126 \begin_layout Description
20128 \begin_inset space ~
20132 \begin_inset space ~
20135 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20138 \begin_layout Description
20140 \begin_inset space ~
20144 \begin_inset space ~
20147 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20150 \begin_layout Standard
20151 The order of the above option is
20156 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20160 \begin_inset space ~
20164 \begin_inset space ~
20172 \begin_inset space ~
20176 \begin_inset space ~
20181 , and then the others.
20182 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20184 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20185 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20188 \begin_layout Standard
20189 By default, each options has its own rules:
20192 \begin_layout Standard
20196 \begin_inset space ~
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20205 only floats occupying less than 70
20206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20209 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20216 \begin_inset space ~
20220 \begin_inset space ~
20225 : only floats occupying less than 30
20226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20229 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20236 \begin_inset space ~
20240 \begin_inset space ~
20245 : only if more than 50
20246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20249 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20253 \begin_layout Standard
20254 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_layout Standard
20271 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20272 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20273 For this case you can use the option
20276 \begin_inset space ~
20282 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20284 Because the float is then no longer able to
20285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20292 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20295 \begin_layout Standard
20296 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20297 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20303 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20305 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20312 \begin_layout Section
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20326 name "sec:Minipages"
20333 \begin_layout Standard
20334 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20336 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20337 \begin_inset space ~
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20351 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20352 and its alignment within the page.
20355 \begin_layout Standard
20357 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20366 height_special "totalheight"
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 This is a minipage.
20373 The text is set in an italic style.
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20380 another formatting.
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20392 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20396 as described in section
20397 \begin_inset space ~
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20403 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20408 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20424 height_special "totalheight"
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20429 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20439 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20448 height_special "totalheight"
20451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20453 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20461 \begin_layout Standard
20462 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20468 \begin_layout Standard
20469 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20470 to other box types.
20471 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20482 \begin_layout Chapter
20483 Mathematical Formulas
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20528 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20535 \begin_layout Standard
20536 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20541 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20544 \begin_layout Section
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 \begin_layout Standard
20559 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20560 \begin_inset Graphics
20561 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20566 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20568 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20569 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20570 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20588 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20591 \begin_layout Standard
20592 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20593 line, like this one:
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20597 This is a line with an inline formula
20598 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20605 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20607 \begin_inset Formula \[
20612 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20616 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20632 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20633 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20637 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20640 \begin_inset space ~
20648 \begin_layout Subsection
20649 Navigating in Formulas
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20664 achieved with the arrow keys.
20665 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20666 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20671 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20672 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20676 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20680 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20682 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20690 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20695 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20696 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20704 , printed in this document as
20705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20726 \begin_inset Note Note
20729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20731 space character (visible space).
20736 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20737 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20738 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20743 For example, if you want
20744 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20798 , since in the latter case only the
20801 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20806 will be under the square root sign:
20807 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20816 \begin_inset Formula \[
20817 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20820 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20824 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20825 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20828 \begin_layout Subsection
20832 \begin_layout Standard
20833 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20834 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20838 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20839 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20840 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20841 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20842 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20845 \begin_layout Subsection
20846 Exponents and Subscripts
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20869 \begin_layout Standard
20870 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20871 way is to use a command.
20873 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20876 , type in a formula
20882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20898 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20904 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20908 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20929 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20938 , you have to use an extra
20942 to separate the hat and the character.
20945 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20966 Subscripts are similar: To get
20967 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20990 \begin_layout Subsection
20995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 Create a fraction with either the command
21012 \begin_inset Graphics
21013 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21021 \begin_inset space ~
21027 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21028 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21029 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21034 To move back up, press
21039 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21040 \begin_inset Formula \[
21041 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21043 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21050 \begin_layout Subsection
21055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21065 Roots can be created using the
21068 \begin_inset space ~
21074 \begin_inset Graphics
21075 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21098 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21104 produces always a square root.
21107 \begin_layout Subsection
21108 Operators with Limits
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21131 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21140 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21144 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21147 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21148 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21149 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21150 The sum operator will automatically place its
21151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21158 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21161 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21165 \begin_inset Formula \[
21166 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21170 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21177 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21178 behind the operator and hitting
21184 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21185 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21187 \begin_inset space ~
21191 \begin_inset space ~
21199 \begin_layout Standard
21200 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21208 feature as addition, such as
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21219 \begin_inset Formula \[
21220 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21224 which will place the
21225 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21237 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21238 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21244 \begin_layout Standard
21245 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21252 Have a look at section
21253 \begin_inset space ~
21257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21259 reference "sub:Functions"
21263 for an explanation of function macros.
21266 \begin_layout Subsection
21271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21280 \begin_layout Standard
21281 Most math symbols can be found in the
21284 \begin_inset space ~
21289 under one of several categories; including
21306 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21312 you don't have to use the
21315 \begin_inset space ~
21320 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21321 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21324 \begin_layout Subsection
21329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21338 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21346 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21355 \begin_inset space ~
21361 \begin_inset Graphics
21362 filename ../images/math/space.png
21367 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21368 Here a example for the sequence
21373 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21377 \begin_inset Graphics
21378 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21383 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21384 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21385 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21386 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21391 \begin_layout Standard
21401 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21407 \begin_layout Standard
21417 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21423 \begin_layout Subsection
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21437 name "sub:Functions"
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21448 \begin_inset space ~
21453 contains under the button
21454 \begin_inset Graphics
21455 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21459 a number of functions, such as
21460 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21464 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21472 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21479 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21480 avoid confusions, because
21481 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21485 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21491 \begin_layout Standard
21492 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21494 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21498 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21504 \begin_layout Standard
21505 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21506 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21507 \begin_inset space ~
21511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21513 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21520 \begin_layout Subsection
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21534 \begin_layout Standard
21535 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21537 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21538 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21540 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21543 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21544 Our example is entered by typing
21552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21565 \begin_inset space ~
21569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21571 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21575 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 \begin_inset Float table
21584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21585 \begin_inset Caption
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21590 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21594 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset Tabular
21605 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21801 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21855 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21963 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22017 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22071 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22125 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22191 \begin_layout Standard
22192 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22195 \begin_inset space ~
22201 \begin_inset Graphics
22202 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22206 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22210 \begin_layout Section
22211 Brackets and Delimiters
22215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22234 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22241 \begin_layout Standard
22242 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22243 For most purposes, using just the keys
22248 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22249 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22252 \begin_inset space ~
22258 \begin_inset Graphics
22259 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22264 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22266 \begin_inset Formula \[
22267 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22269 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22273 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22274 \begin_inset Formula \[
22275 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22282 \begin_layout Standard
22283 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22284 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22288 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22289 left side and right side.
22290 If you use the option
22293 \begin_inset space ~
22298 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22299 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22300 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22301 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22304 \begin_layout Standard
22305 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22306 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22307 inside the brackets.
22308 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22313 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22316 \begin_layout Standard
22317 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22328 \begin_layout Section
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22342 name "sec:Grouping"
22349 \begin_layout Standard
22350 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22351 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22362 \begin_layout Standard
22363 \begin_inset Formula \[
22364 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22371 \begin_layout Standard
22372 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22387 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22388 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22389 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22392 \begin_layout Section
22393 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22426 \begin_layout Standard
22427 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22430 \begin_inset space ~
22436 \begin_inset Graphics
22437 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22442 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22443 Here is an example:
22444 \begin_inset Formula \[
22445 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22448 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22452 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22453 \begin_inset space ~
22457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22459 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22464 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22465 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22466 This alignment is set in the box
22471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22519 for every column as default.
22520 For example, the sequence
22521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22532 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22533 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22534 corresponds to the relevant column.
22535 The result will look like this:
22536 \begin_inset Formula \[
22538 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22539 column & has & has\, right\\
22540 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22547 \begin_layout Standard
22548 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22552 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22553 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22561 \begin_layout Standard
22562 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22563 It can be created with the menu
22565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22566 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22568 \begin_inset space ~
22581 \begin_inset Formula \[
22585 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22593 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22596 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22604 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22613 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22621 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22622 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22623 A new row is created by every further hit of
22631 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22632 Here is an example:
22633 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22634 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22635 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22639 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22640 where you want to start the shift and hit
22645 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22646 position to the next column.
22647 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22648 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22649 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22650 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22658 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22665 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22666 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22669 reference "eq:asquared"
22674 The other types are described in section
22675 \begin_inset space ~
22679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22681 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22688 \begin_layout Section
22689 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22694 Math ! Formula numbering
22703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22704 Math ! Referencing formulas
22710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22712 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22722 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22723 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22725 \begin_inset space ~
22733 \begin_inset space ~
22739 The formula number appears in LyX as
22740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22747 within parentheses.
22749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22756 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22758 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22759 the document class.
22760 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22761 separated by a dot:
22762 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22763 1+1=2\end{equation}
22770 \begin_inset space ~
22775 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22776 You can only number displayed formulas.
22779 \begin_layout Standard
22780 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22782 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22783 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22785 \begin_inset space ~
22789 \begin_inset space ~
22793 \begin_inset space ~
22801 \begin_inset space ~
22806 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22807 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22809 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22810 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22814 To number all lines use the shortcut
22817 \begin_inset space ~
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22826 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22829 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22830 A label is inserted with the menu
22832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22835 when the cursor is in the formula.
22836 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22837 It is recommended to use the proposed
22838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22849 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22850 type when you have many labels in your document.
22851 We inserted in the following example the label
22852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22859 in the second line:
22860 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22861 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22862 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22866 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22867 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22877 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22881 \begin_inset space ~
22887 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22888 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22889 as the formula number:
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22896 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22904 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22905 \begin_inset space ~
22909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22911 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22916 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22922 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22927 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22935 \begin_layout Section
22936 User defined math macros
22940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22949 name "sec:math-macros"
22956 \begin_layout Standard
22957 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22958 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22959 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22961 \begin_inset Newline newline
22964 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22965 \begin_inset Formula \[
22966 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22970 The general form of its solution is:
22971 \begin_inset Formula \[
22972 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22980 The macro should print the parameters
22981 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22985 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22989 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22992 like in the equation above.
22995 \begin_layout Standard
22996 A macro is created by executing the command
22999 \begin_layout Standard
23006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23029 \begin_inset space ~
23033 \begin_inset space ~
23039 \begin_layout Standard
23040 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23041 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23042 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23043 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 We have three arguments and name the macro
23049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23056 , so that the command is:
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23091 \begin_layout Standard
23092 This results in the following macro definition box:
23093 \begin_inset Graphics
23094 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23099 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23100 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23101 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23105 \begin_inset Note Note
23108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23109 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23110 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23118 \begin_layout Standard
23119 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23120 the math panel or commands.
23121 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23122 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23133 for the first argument.
23134 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23135 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23136 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23137 in LyX with its full size.
23138 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23139 In our example we insert the sequence
23140 \begin_inset Newline newline
23168 \begin_inset Newline newline
23173 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23177 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23192 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23197 \begin_inset Graphics
23198 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23206 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23207 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23208 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23209 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23210 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23213 \begin_layout Standard
23214 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23215 to the new definition.
23216 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23217 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23221 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23225 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23229 \begin_inset Formula \[
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23256 \begin_inset Newline newline
23263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23289 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23292 \begin_layout Standard
23293 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23294 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23295 definition box in your document.
23296 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23298 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23300 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23305 \begin_layout Section
23309 \begin_layout Subsection
23314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23325 To set a font in a formula, use the
23328 \begin_inset space ~
23334 \begin_inset Graphics
23335 filename ../images/math/font.png
23339 , or enter its command, listed in table
23340 \begin_inset space ~
23344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23346 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23353 \begin_layout Standard
23354 \begin_inset Float table
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 \begin_inset Caption
23362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23365 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23369 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_inset Tabular
23380 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23415 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23678 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23683 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23684 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23685 Here an example where a
23686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23697 denotes the set of numbers:
23698 \begin_inset Formula \[
23699 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23706 \begin_layout Standard
23707 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23718 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23722 \begin_inset Newline newline
23725 So better don't use this feature.
23728 \begin_layout Standard
23729 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23730 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23734 \begin_inset Newline newline
23737 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23743 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23744 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23757 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23763 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23764 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23766 \begin_inset space ~
23774 \begin_layout Subsection
23779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23791 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23795 \begin_inset space ~
23799 \begin_inset space ~
23807 \begin_inset space ~
23813 \begin_inset Graphics
23814 filename ../images/math/font.png
23818 (alternatively the shortcut
23821 \begin_inset space ~
23827 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23828 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23829 Here is an example:
23830 \begin_inset Formula \[
23832 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23833 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23840 \begin_layout Subsection
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 \begin_layout Standard
23855 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23856 automatically chosen in most situations.
23874 For most characters,
23882 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23883 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23888 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23889 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23890 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23891 \begin_inset Graphics
23892 filename ../images/math/style.png
23897 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23898 For example, you can set
23899 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23902 , which is normally in
23911 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23915 The four styles are used in the following example:
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23919 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23923 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23927 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23931 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23937 \begin_layout Standard
23938 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23939 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23943 \begin_inset space ~
23948 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23949 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23950 will be adjusted to correspond.
23951 As example a formula in the font size
23952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23966 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23972 \begin_layout Section
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23977 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23978 the document classes and into layout modules.
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23988 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23989 other than the AMS classes.
23991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23993 reference "sub:Modules"
23997 for more on layout modules.
24000 \begin_layout Section
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24024 \begin_layout Standard
24025 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24026 (AMS) that are in common use.
24029 \begin_layout Subsection
24030 Enabling AMS-Support
24033 \begin_layout Standard
24034 Selecting the checkbox
24037 \begin_inset space ~
24041 \begin_inset space ~
24045 \begin_inset space ~
24052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24060 Document ! Settings
24068 \begin_inset space ~
24073 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24075 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24076 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24079 \begin_layout Subsection
24081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24083 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24092 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24100 \begin_layout Standard
24101 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24102 LyX allows you to choose between
24123 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24126 \begin_layout Chapter
24130 \begin_layout Section
24135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24144 name "sec:Cross-References"
24151 \begin_layout Standard
24152 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24153 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24155 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24156 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24157 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24160 \begin_layout Enumerate
24164 \begin_layout Enumerate
24165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24167 name "enu:Second-item"
24174 \begin_layout Enumerate
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24184 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24185 \begin_inset Graphics
24186 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24192 A grey label box like this:
24193 \begin_inset Graphics
24194 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24199 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24200 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24235 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24236 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24251 \begin_layout Standard
24252 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24257 or the toolbar button
24258 \begin_inset Graphics
24259 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24265 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24266 \begin_inset Graphics
24267 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24272 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24274 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24287 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24289 Here is our cross-reference:
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24294 \begin_inset space ~
24298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24300 reference "enu:Second-item"
24307 \begin_layout Standard
24308 It is recommended to use a protected space
24312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24313 described in section
24314 \begin_inset space ~
24318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24320 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24329 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24333 \begin_layout Standard
24334 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24337 \begin_layout Description
24338 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24341 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24348 \begin_layout Description
24349 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24350 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24362 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24369 \begin_layout Description
24370 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24371 \begin_inset space ~
24375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24376 LatexCommand pageref
24377 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24384 \begin_layout Description
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24390 \begin_inset space ~
24393 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24395 LatexCommand vpageref
24396 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24403 \begin_layout Description
24405 \begin_inset space ~
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset space ~
24416 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24420 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24427 \begin_layout Description
24429 \begin_inset space ~
24432 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24433 \begin_inset Newline newline
24437 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24445 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24454 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24469 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24475 \begin_inset space ~
24479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24493 \begin_layout Standard
24494 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24495 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24496 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24500 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24504 \begin_layout Standard
24505 You can only use the style
24509 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24513 is always possible.
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24517 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24518 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24519 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24520 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24538 \begin_inset space ~
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24547 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24548 The button text changes then to
24551 \begin_inset space ~
24556 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24557 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24558 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24564 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24565 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24568 \begin_layout Standard
24569 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24570 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 References are described in detail in the
24581 \begin_layout Section
24582 Table of Contents and other Listings
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24612 \begin_layout Subsection
24613 Table of Contents and Outline
24614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24616 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24624 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24627 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24629 \begin_inset space ~
24633 \begin_inset space ~
24639 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24640 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24641 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24642 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24649 \begin_layout Standard
24650 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24651 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24653 \begin_inset space ~
24657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24659 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24663 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24665 \begin_inset space ~
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24675 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24677 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24678 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24679 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24683 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24685 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24693 \begin_layout Subsection
24694 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24705 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24706 You can insert them via the
24708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24710 \begin_inset space ~
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24720 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24723 \begin_layout Section
24724 URLs and Hyperlinks
24728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24754 \begin_layout Subsection
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24759 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24769 \begin_inset Flex URL
24772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 \begin_layout Standard
24783 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24789 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24794 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24802 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24810 \begin_layout Subsection
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24820 or with the toolbar button
24821 \begin_inset Graphics
24822 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24828 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24837 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24838 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24839 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24841 name "LyX's homepage"
24842 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24846 , an Email address like this:
24847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24849 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24850 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24855 , or a link to a file.
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24872 to the link target.
24875 \begin_layout Standard
24876 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24877 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24878 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24879 the text style dialog.
24880 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24886 name "LyX's homepage"
24887 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24899 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24901 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24906 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24908 \begin_inset Newline newline
24916 \begin_inset Newline newline
24923 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24926 \begin_layout Section
24931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24940 name "sec:Appendices"
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 Appendices are created with the menu
24950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24952 \begin_inset space ~
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24962 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24963 as appendix region.
24964 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24968 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24969 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24970 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24971 and the subsection number.
24972 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24976 \begin_layout Standard
24978 \begin_inset space ~
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24984 reference "cha:Credits"
24989 \begin_inset space ~
24993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24995 reference "sub:Export"
25002 \begin_layout Section
25007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25016 name "sec:Bibliography"
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25024 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25025 You can include a bibliography database
25029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25030 Known under the name
25031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25043 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25045 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25049 , described in section
25050 \begin_inset space ~
25054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25056 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25068 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25070 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25079 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25081 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25090 , a short form of its title, as key.
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25094 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25099 or the toobar button
25100 \begin_inset Graphics
25101 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25107 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25108 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25109 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25110 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25115 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25116 with surrounding brackets.
25121 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25122 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25137 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25140 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25142 key "latexcompanion"
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25151 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25160 \begin_layout Subsection
25161 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25166 Bibliography ! Databases
25175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25176 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25184 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25194 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25196 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25197 your working field in a database.
25198 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25199 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 The database is a text file with the file extension
25204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25215 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25216 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25219 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25224 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25226 \begin_inset Newline newline
25230 \begin_inset Flex URL
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25235 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25241 \begin_inset Newline newline
25244 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 To use a database, use the menu
25250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25274 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25275 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25291 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25292 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25293 take care of the layout.
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25308 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25310 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25344 \begin_inset space ~
25350 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25366 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25367 the two methods of creating them.
25368 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25369 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25370 We used the style file
25374 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25377 \begin_layout Subsection
25378 Bibliography layout
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25383 Bibliography ! Layout
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25392 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25393 For this feature you need to use the option
25399 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25407 Document ! Settings
25417 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25418 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25419 in the previous section.
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25424 in the citation reference window.
25425 Here an example where we set the text
25426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset space ~
25434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 to appear after the reference:
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25445 key "latexcompanion"
25452 \begin_layout Section
25457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_inset space ~
25483 or the toolbar button
25484 \begin_inset Graphics
25485 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25503 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25504 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25505 by LyX as index entry.
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25510 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25512 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25514 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25522 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25530 \begin_inset space ~
25534 \begin_inset space ~
25537 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25545 A light blue box labeled
25546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25557 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25558 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25561 \begin_layout Subsection
25562 Grouping Index Entries
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25575 \begin_layout Standard
25576 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25578 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25579 lists under the entry
25580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25588 First we create the entry
25589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25597 \begin_inset space ~
25601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25603 reference "sub:Lists"
25608 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25609 \begin_inset space ~
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25615 reference "sec:Itemize"
25619 , we insert the command
25622 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 for the enumerated list in section
25640 \begin_inset space ~
25644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25646 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 The exclamation mark
25655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25662 marks the grouping levels.
25663 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25664 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25665 If we don't have an index entry for
25666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25673 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25676 \begin_layout Subsection
25681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25682 Index ! Page ranges
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25693 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25694 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25696 \begin_inset space ~
25700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25702 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25712 Paragraph environments|(
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 and another entry at the end of section
25717 \begin_inset space ~
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25723 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25733 Paragraph environments|)
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25762 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25763 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25764 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25765 An example is the index entry
25766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25769 Document ! Settings
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25776 \begin_layout Subsection
25781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25782 Index ! Cross referencing
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25791 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25792 We referred for example in the index entry
25793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25801 \begin_inset space ~
25805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25807 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25811 ) to the index entry
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25819 in the same section using the entry
25822 \begin_layout Standard
25825 GIF|see{Image formats}
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25830 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25831 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25834 \begin_layout Subsection
25839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25840 Index ! Entry order
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25849 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25850 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25851 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25856 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25864 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25873 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25874 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25903 Dummy entries ! maïs
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 Dummy entries ! maître
25922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25923 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25928 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25929 order maïs, maison, maître.
25930 To achieve this, we use the command
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25936 previous entry@current entry
25939 \begin_layout Standard
25940 In our case we want to have
25941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25956 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25967 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25971 \begin_layout Subsection
25976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25977 Index ! Entry layout
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25986 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25993 This is an italic dummy entry
25998 You can also format the page number using the character
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26006 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26007 We can write for example
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26013 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26022 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26027 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26045 \begin_inset space ~
26051 Have a look at section
26052 \begin_inset space ~
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26062 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26068 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26069 for all index entries.
26072 \begin_layout Subsection
26077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26086 name "sub:Index-Program"
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26094 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26099 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26101 \begin_inset space ~
26105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26107 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26112 The available options are listed and explained in
26113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26123 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26129 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26138 \begin_layout Section
26139 Nomenclature / Glossary
26143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26184 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26193 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26198 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26207 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26213 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26214 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26220 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26224 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26225 and then use the menu
26227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26233 \begin_inset space ~
26238 or the toobar button
26239 \begin_inset Graphics
26240 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26258 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26263 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26264 The second is the description of the symbol.
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26268 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26276 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26277 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26285 \begin_layout Subsection
26286 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26291 Nomenclature ! Layout
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26300 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26304 field as LaTeX-formula.
26306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26310 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26318 \begin_inset Newline newline
26326 \begin_inset Newline newline
26332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26339 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26340 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26352 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26364 \begin_inset space ~
26368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26370 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26381 \begin_inset space ~
26386 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26387 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26392 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26399 in this document is:
26400 \begin_inset Newline newline
26405 dummy entry for the character
26410 \begin_inset Newline newline
26422 \begin_inset space ~
26432 font use the command
26461 \begin_layout Subsection
26462 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26467 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26476 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26477 the symbol definition.
26478 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26479 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26482 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26483 LatexCommand nomenclature
26485 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26492 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26496 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26497 LatexCommand nomenclature
26500 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26505 They will be sorted by
26506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26532 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26535 will be sorted before the
26539 since the character
26540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26547 is considered in sorting.
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26551 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26554 \begin_inset space ~
26559 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26560 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26562 For the given example, you can insert
26566 to this field for the
26567 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26574 will be located before
26575 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26582 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26596 \begin_layout Subsection
26597 Nomenclature Options
26601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26602 Nomenclature ! Options
26610 \begin_layout Standard
26615 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26616 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26619 \begin_layout Description
26620 refeq Appends the phrase
26621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26636 to every nomenclature entry, where
26642 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26645 \begin_layout Description
26646 refpage Appends the phrase
26647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26662 to every nomenclature entry, where
26668 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26671 \begin_layout Description
26672 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26676 There are furthermore the options
26720 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26726 class options list in the
26728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26732 In this document the options
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26752 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26757 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26760 \begin_layout Description
26770 \begin_layout Description
26773 nomrefpage Like the
26780 \begin_layout Description
26783 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26792 \begin_layout Description
26796 \begin_inset space ~
26802 \begin_inset space ~
26807 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26810 \begin_layout Subsection
26811 Printing the Nomenclature
26815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26816 Nomenclature ! Printing
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26825 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26829 \begin_inset space ~
26833 \begin_inset space ~
26836 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26840 A light blue box labeled
26841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26852 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26853 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26857 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26866 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26874 For example, in order to change the name to
26878 , add the following line to the preamble:
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26889 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26900 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26901 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26904 \begin_layout Standard
26912 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26918 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26919 \begin_inset space ~
26923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26925 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26930 The default value is 1
26931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26937 \begin_layout Section
26942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26953 Document ! Branches
26959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26961 name "sec:Branches"
26968 \begin_layout Standard
26969 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26970 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26971 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26972 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26976 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26977 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26978 To create a branch, go in the
26980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26988 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26989 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26992 \begin_layout Standard
26993 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26994 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26999 where you can choose a branch.
27000 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27003 \begin_layout Standard
27004 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27005 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27008 \begin_layout Standard
27009 \begin_inset Branch Question
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27025 \begin_layout Standard
27026 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27035 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27042 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27043 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27045 For example you can define for the question branch
27049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27050 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27051 \begin_inset space ~
27055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27057 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27090 and for the answer branch
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27114 \begin_inset Branch Question
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27150 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Now it is possible to use the commands
27190 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27197 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27200 to obtain conditional output.
27201 Here is an example formula where only the
27208 \begin_inset Formula \[
27209 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27218 \begin_inset space ~
27222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27224 reference "sec:math-macros"
27231 \begin_layout Section
27232 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27242 \begin_layout Subsection
27247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27256 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27265 constructs, but not all.
27266 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27267 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27268 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27269 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27270 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27271 and their commands.
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27275 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27285 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27286 An ERT box is created by the menu
27288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27291 or by the toolbar button
27292 \begin_inset Graphics
27293 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27298 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27311 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27312 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27324 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27325 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27326 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27333 , you can write the command part
27339 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27343 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27344 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27349 \begin_inset Graphics
27350 filename clipart/ERT.png
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27362 \begin_layout Standard
27363 This is a line with a
27367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27399 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27400 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27408 \begin_layout Subsection
27409 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27410 \begin_inset OptArg
27413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27432 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27441 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27442 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27451 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27452 every time if you know the right commands.
27454 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27455 the end of the day.
27456 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27457 all caption labels bold.
27458 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27460 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27465 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27466 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27468 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27477 \begin_layout Standard
27478 As result you know that the package
27486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27487 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27493 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27506 usepackage[options]{package name}
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27511 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27512 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27515 \begin_layout Standard
27516 In your case the package name is
27521 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27526 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27527 So you add the command
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27535 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27539 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27544 For more commands provided by the
27548 package, have a look at its documentation,
27549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27564 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27566 For example if you use a
27570 class, you don't need the package
27574 , you can instead write
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27582 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27589 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27590 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27597 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27602 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27604 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27613 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27621 \begin_layout Section
27622 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27635 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27653 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27654 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27655 to break your train of thought with
27657 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27665 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27674 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27679 as explained below, and turn on
27682 \begin_inset space ~
27689 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27695 \begin_inset space ~
27699 \begin_inset space ~
27702 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27711 Previews of an already loaded document are
27715 generated just by selecting the
27718 \begin_inset space ~
27723 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27727 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27728 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27731 \begin_inset space ~
27736 check box in the insert dialog.
27737 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27746 (on some systems named simply
27751 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27759 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27760 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27768 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27780 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27784 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27786 \begin_inset space ~
27791 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27792 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27794 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27795 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27796 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27797 the source view window.
27800 \begin_layout Section
27802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27804 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27822 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27823 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27840 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27846 can be seen as successor of
27850 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27855 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27856 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27865 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27866 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27873 \begin_layout Standard
27876 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27879 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27880 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27881 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27882 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27883 scrolled so that it is visible.
27888 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27890 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27894 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27895 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27906 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27907 will bring an error message.
27908 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27909 specifying a different
27911 Alternative language
27913 in preferences dialog.
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27920 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27925 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27926 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27928 But you can use the
27931 \begin_inset space ~
27935 \begin_inset space ~
27943 \begin_layout Standard
27944 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27945 This does work with
27949 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27952 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27961 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27964 \begin_layout Description
27966 \begin_inset space ~
27969 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27970 should consider, e.g.
27971 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27972 This should not normally be needed.
27975 \begin_layout Description
27977 \begin_inset space ~
27980 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27981 as your personal dictionary
27984 \begin_layout Description
27986 \begin_inset space ~
27990 \begin_inset space ~
27993 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28005 \begin_layout Description
28007 \begin_inset space ~
28011 \begin_inset space ~
28014 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28023 also for the spellchecker.
28027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28028 The encodings are explained in section
28029 \begin_inset space ~
28033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28035 reference "sub:Settings"
28044 Only enable this if you use
28048 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28049 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28050 so this is disabled by default.
28053 \begin_layout Section
28058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28067 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28075 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28082 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28085 or the toolbar button
28086 \begin_inset Graphics
28087 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28089 rotateOrigin center
28094 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28099 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28100 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28101 cases to find related words.
28104 \begin_layout Standard
28105 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28107 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28115 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28124 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28143 \begin_layout Section
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28159 Document ! Change Tracking
28165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28167 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28176 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28177 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28178 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28182 \begin_inset space ~
28185 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28205 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28208 \begin_inset space ~
28212 \begin_inset space ~
28225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 \begin_inset Graphics
28257 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 \begin_inset Tabular
28285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28286 <features islongtable="true">
28287 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28294 \begin_inset Graphics
28295 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28296 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28297 rotateOrigin center
28306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28312 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28317 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28319 \begin_inset space ~
28328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28333 \begin_inset Graphics
28334 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28336 rotateOrigin center
28345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28351 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 \begin_inset space ~
28356 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28358 \begin_inset space ~
28362 \begin_inset space ~
28366 \begin_inset space ~
28375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28380 \begin_inset Graphics
28381 filename ../images/change-next.png
28382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28383 rotateOrigin center
28392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28396 Jumps to the next change
28402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28407 \begin_inset Graphics
28408 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28410 rotateOrigin center
28419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28427 \begin_inset space ~
28430 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28432 \begin_inset space ~
28441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28446 \begin_inset Graphics
28447 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28449 rotateOrigin center
28458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28469 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28471 \begin_inset space ~
28480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28485 \begin_inset Graphics
28486 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28487 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28488 rotateOrigin center
28497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28508 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28510 \begin_inset space ~
28519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28524 \begin_inset Graphics
28525 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28526 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28527 rotateOrigin center
28536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28544 \begin_inset space ~
28547 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28549 \begin_inset space ~
28553 \begin_inset space ~
28562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28567 \begin_inset Graphics
28568 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28570 rotateOrigin center
28579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28587 \begin_inset space ~
28590 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28596 \begin_inset space ~
28605 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28610 \begin_inset Graphics
28611 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28612 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28613 rotateOrigin center
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28629 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28645 \begin_inset Graphics
28646 filename ../images/note-next.png
28647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28648 rotateOrigin center
28657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28663 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28665 \begin_inset space ~
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28682 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28689 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28690 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28691 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28692 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28693 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28694 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28695 step to the next change.
28696 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28701 to describe a change.
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28714 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28720 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28721 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28727 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28730 \begin_layout Section
28731 International Support
28735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28736 International support
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28746 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28747 how to set up LyX to use them:
28748 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28750 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28758 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28759 \begin_inset space ~
28763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28765 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28772 \begin_layout Subsection
28777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28788 Document ! Settings
28797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28798 Document ! Language
28806 \begin_layout Standard
28809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28812 dialog lets you set
28814 the language and character encoding for your language.
28818 \begin_layout Standard
28819 Choose your language in the
28823 section of this dialog.
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28836 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28840 use language's default encoding
28842 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28843 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28844 \begin_inset space ~
28848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28850 reference "sub:Settings"
28857 \begin_layout Subsection
28858 Keyboard mapping configuration
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28862 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28863 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28864 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28865 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28866 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28868 \begin_inset space ~
28872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28874 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28879 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28880 which one you want to use.
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28884 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28885 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28886 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28887 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28888 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28889 one to support the characters you want.
28890 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28897 \begin_layout Subsection
28899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28916 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28925 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28930 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28931 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28939 \begin_layout Itemize
28940 Even if you have selected
28946 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28949 dialog, users who have only the
28953 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28957 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28958 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28959 french quotes won't show up.
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28963 \begin_inset Float table
28968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28969 \begin_inset Caption
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28974 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28992 \begin_inset Tabular
28993 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
28995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 \begin_layout Standard
33425 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33427 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33428 also the characters from
33440 \begin_layout Itemize
33449 \begin_layout Standard
33450 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33457 \begin_layout Standard
33458 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33459 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33465 \begin_layout Standard
33466 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33473 \begin_layout Standard
33474 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33481 \begin_layout Standard
33483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33497 \begin_layout Standard
33499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33506 \begin_layout Itemize
33519 \begin_layout Standard
33521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33527 \begin_layout Standard
33529 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33535 \begin_layout Standard
33537 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33543 \begin_layout Standard
33545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33551 \begin_layout Standard
33553 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33559 \begin_layout Standard
33561 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33568 \begin_layout Standard
33569 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33570 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33571 Also make sure you're using the
33578 \begin_layout Chapter
33581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33583 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33590 \begin_layout Standard
33591 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33592 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33593 inside the user's guide.
33596 \begin_layout Section
33601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 \begin_layout Standard
33615 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33616 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33619 \begin_layout Subsection
33623 \begin_layout Standard
33624 Creates a new document.
33627 \begin_layout Subsection
33631 \begin_layout Standard
33632 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33633 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33634 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33637 \begin_layout Subsection
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33645 \begin_layout Subsection
33649 \begin_layout Standard
33650 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33651 Click there on a file to open it.
33654 \begin_layout Subsection
33658 \begin_layout Standard
33659 Closes the current document.
33662 \begin_layout Subsection
33666 \begin_layout Standard
33667 Saves the actual document.
33670 \begin_layout Subsection
33674 \begin_layout Standard
33675 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33678 \begin_layout Subsection
33682 \begin_layout Standard
33683 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33686 \begin_layout Subsection
33690 \begin_layout Standard
33691 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33692 It is described in the section
33694 Version Control in LyX
33699 \begin_inset space ~
33707 \begin_layout Subsection
33711 \begin_layout Standard
33712 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33713 text files (ASCII-files).
33714 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33717 \begin_layout Standard
33718 When using the menu
33721 \begin_inset space ~
33725 \begin_inset space ~
33730 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33731 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33732 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33733 will start a new paragraph.
33736 \begin_layout Subsection
33738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33747 \begin_layout Standard
33748 You can export your document to various file formats.
33749 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33750 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33751 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33755 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33757 \begin_inset space ~
33761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33763 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33770 \begin_layout Description
33774 \begin_inset space ~
33779 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33780 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33783 \begin_layout Description
33791 \begin_layout Description
33792 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33796 \begin_layout Description
33798 \begin_inset space ~
33802 \begin_inset space ~
33805 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33809 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33817 \begin_layout Description
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 \begin_inset space ~
33837 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33838 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33842 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33845 \begin_layout Description
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 \begin_inset space ~
33865 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33866 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33874 \begin_layout Description
33876 \begin_inset space ~
33879 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33887 is replaced by the version number)
33890 \begin_layout Description
33891 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33904 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33908 \begin_layout Description
33913 PDF-format using the program
33918 \begin_layout Description
33922 \begin_inset space ~
33927 PDF-format using the program
33932 \begin_layout Description
33936 \begin_inset space ~
33941 PDF-format using the program
33946 \begin_layout Description
33950 \begin_inset space ~
33958 \begin_layout Description
33962 \begin_inset space ~
33966 \begin_inset space ~
33971 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33972 and then exported as text using the program
33977 \begin_layout Description
33982 PostScript format using the program
33987 \begin_layout Description
33995 \begin_layout Standard
34000 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34001 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34007 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34011 If one of the menu entries
34018 \begin_inset space ~
34027 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34028 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34029 \begin_inset space ~
34033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34035 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34044 Reconfiguration of LyX
34052 \begin_layout Standard
34057 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34058 the export program.
34061 \begin_layout Subsection
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34066 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34067 or send it to a printer.
34068 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34069 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34075 For more informations have a look at section
34076 \begin_inset space ~
34080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34082 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34089 \begin_layout Subsection
34090 New and Close Window
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34094 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34095 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34098 \begin_layout Section
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34112 \begin_layout Subsection
34116 \begin_layout Standard
34117 Described in section
34118 \begin_inset space ~
34122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34124 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34131 \begin_layout Subsection
34132 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34136 Described in section
34137 \begin_inset space ~
34141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34143 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34150 \begin_layout Subsection
34154 \begin_layout Standard
34155 Selects the whole document.
34158 \begin_layout Subsection
34162 \begin_layout Standard
34163 Described in section
34164 \begin_inset space ~
34168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34170 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34177 \begin_layout Subsection
34178 Move paragraph Up/Down
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34182 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34186 \begin_layout Subsection
34190 \begin_layout Standard
34191 Described in section
34192 \begin_inset space ~
34196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34198 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34205 \begin_layout Subsection
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 Paragraph ! Settings
34219 \begin_layout Standard
34220 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34222 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34226 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34227 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34236 \begin_inset space ~
34244 \begin_layout Subsection
34248 \begin_layout Standard
34249 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34250 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34251 The properties of tables are described in section
34252 \begin_inset space ~
34256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34258 reference "sec:Tables"
34262 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34263 \begin_inset space ~
34267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34269 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34277 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34281 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34283 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34284 \begin_inset space ~
34288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34290 reference "sec:Nesting"
34295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34297 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34304 \begin_layout Section
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34323 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34324 document with an external program.
34325 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34326 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34327 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34328 \begin_inset space ~
34332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34334 reference "sub:Export"
34339 You should at least see the menu entries
34346 \begin_inset space ~
34352 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34353 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34354 \begin_inset space ~
34358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34360 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 Reconfiguration of LyX
34377 \begin_layout Standard
34378 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34379 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34380 \begin_inset space ~
34384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34386 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34391 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34395 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34398 At the bottom of the
34402 menu the opened documents are listed.
34405 \begin_layout Subsection
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34410 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34412 \begin_inset space ~
34416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34418 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34425 \begin_layout Subsection
34429 \begin_layout Standard
34430 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34431 opening a new view window.
34434 \begin_layout Subsection
34436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34438 name "sub:Toolbars"
34446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 \begin_layout Standard
34456 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34457 All toolbars and the
34460 \begin_inset space ~
34465 can be turned on and off.
34470 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34482 \begin_inset space ~
34491 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34495 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34502 \begin_layout Standard
34507 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34511 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34512 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34513 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34514 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34515 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34519 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34520 \begin_inset space ~
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34526 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34533 \begin_layout Section
34538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34547 \begin_layout Subsection
34551 \begin_layout Standard
34552 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34553 \begin_inset space ~
34557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34559 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34566 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34570 name "sub:Special-Character"
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34578 Here you can insert the following characters:
34581 \begin_layout Description
34582 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34586 \begin_layout Description
34588 \begin_inset space ~
34592 \begin_inset space ~
34595 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34596 \begin_inset space ~
34600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34602 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34609 \begin_layout Description
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34614 Quote Inserts this quote:
34615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34618 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34620 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34630 \begin_layout Description
34632 \begin_inset space ~
34635 Quote Inserts this quote:
34636 \begin_inset Quotes els
34642 \begin_layout Description
34644 \begin_inset space ~
34647 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34651 \begin_layout Description
34653 \begin_inset space ~
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34671 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34676 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34677 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34678 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34693 \begin_inset Newline newline
34696 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34700 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34708 and this Wiki-page:
34709 \begin_inset Newline newline
34713 \begin_inset Flex URL
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34718 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34726 \begin_layout Subsection
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34734 \begin_layout Description
34735 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34736 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34742 \begin_layout Description
34743 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34744 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34750 \begin_layout Description
34752 \begin_inset space ~
34755 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34756 \begin_inset space ~
34760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34762 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34769 \begin_layout Description
34771 \begin_inset space ~
34774 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34781 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34788 \begin_layout Description
34790 \begin_inset space ~
34793 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34800 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34807 \begin_layout Description
34809 \begin_inset space ~
34812 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34813 \begin_inset space ~
34817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34819 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34826 \begin_layout Description
34828 \begin_inset space ~
34831 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34832 \begin_inset space ~
34836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34838 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34845 \begin_layout Description
34847 \begin_inset space ~
34850 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34851 \begin_inset space ~
34855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34857 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34864 \begin_layout Description
34866 \begin_inset space ~
34869 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34870 \begin_inset space ~
34874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34876 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34883 \begin_layout Description
34885 \begin_inset space ~
34888 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34889 \begin_inset space ~
34893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34895 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34902 \begin_layout Description
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34907 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34908 \begin_inset space ~
34912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34914 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34921 \begin_layout Description
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34926 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34933 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34940 \begin_layout Description
34942 \begin_inset space ~
34945 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34946 \begin_inset space ~
34950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34952 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34959 \begin_layout Description
34961 \begin_inset space ~
34965 \begin_inset space ~
34968 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34969 \begin_inset space ~
34973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34975 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34982 \begin_layout Subsection
34986 \begin_layout Standard
34987 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34988 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34990 \begin_inset space ~
34994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34996 reference "sec:toc"
35001 The index list is described in section
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35008 reference "sec:Index"
35012 , the nomenclature in section
35013 \begin_inset space ~
35017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35019 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35023 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35024 \begin_inset space ~
35028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35030 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35037 \begin_layout Subsection
35041 \begin_layout Standard
35042 To insert floats, described in section
35043 \begin_inset space ~
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35049 reference "sec:Floats"
35056 \begin_layout Subsection
35060 \begin_layout Standard
35061 To insert notes, described in section
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35068 reference "sec:Notes"
35075 \begin_layout Subsection
35079 \begin_layout Standard
35080 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sec:Branches"
35094 \begin_layout Subsection
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35108 \begin_layout Standard
35109 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35110 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35121 \begin_layout Subsection
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35135 \begin_layout Standard
35136 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35137 \begin_inset space ~
35141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35143 reference "sec:Minipages"
35148 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35159 \begin_layout Subsection
35163 \begin_layout Standard
35164 Inserts a citation as described in section
35165 \begin_inset space ~
35169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35171 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35178 \begin_layout Subsection
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35184 \begin_inset space ~
35188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35190 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35197 \begin_layout Subsection
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 Inserts a label as described in section
35203 \begin_inset space ~
35207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35209 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 Longtables ! Caption
35240 \begin_layout Standard
35241 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35242 Floats are described in section
35243 \begin_inset space ~
35247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35249 reference "sec:Floats"
35253 , cations in longtables are described in section
35264 \begin_layout Subsection
35268 \begin_layout Standard
35269 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35270 \begin_inset space ~
35274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35276 reference "sec:Index"
35283 \begin_layout Subsection
35287 \begin_layout Standard
35288 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35295 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35302 \begin_layout Subsection
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Tables are described in section
35309 \begin_inset space ~
35313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35315 reference "sec:Tables"
35322 \begin_layout Subsection
35326 \begin_layout Standard
35328 Graphics are described in section
35329 \begin_inset space ~
35333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35335 reference "sec:Graphics"
35342 \begin_layout Subsection
35346 \begin_layout Standard
35347 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35348 \begin_inset space ~
35352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35354 reference "sec:URL"
35361 \begin_layout Subsection
35365 \begin_layout Standard
35366 Inserts a footnote, see section
35367 \begin_inset space ~
35371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35373 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35380 \begin_layout Subsection
35384 \begin_layout Standard
35385 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35386 \begin_inset space ~
35390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35392 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35399 \begin_layout Subsection
35403 \begin_layout Standard
35404 Inserts a short title, see section
35405 \begin_inset space ~
35409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35411 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35418 \begin_layout Subsection
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35423 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35424 \begin_inset space ~
35428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35430 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35437 \begin_layout Subsection
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35452 Inserts a program listings box.
35453 Program listings are explained in chapter
35455 Program Code Listings
35464 \begin_layout Subsection
35468 \begin_layout Standard
35469 Inserts the actual date.
35470 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35472 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35482 There the different methods are also compared.
35485 \begin_layout Section
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35499 \begin_layout Standard
35500 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35501 the current document.
35502 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35506 The Navigate menu also offers to
35509 \begin_layout Subsection
35513 \begin_layout Standard
35514 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35515 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35518 \begin_inset space ~
35522 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35526 2.5 and use the menu
35529 \begin_inset space ~
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset space ~
35556 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35568 \begin_layout Standard
35569 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35570 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35573 \begin_layout Subsection
35574 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35582 \begin_layout Subsection
35586 \begin_layout Standard
35587 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35588 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35589 on a cross-reference box.
35592 \begin_layout Section
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 \begin_layout Subsection
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35611 Change Tracking is described in section
35612 \begin_inset space ~
35616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35618 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35625 \begin_layout Subsection
35630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35643 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35646 \begin_layout Standard
35647 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35652 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35655 \begin_layout Subsection
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35660 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35667 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35675 Start Appendix Here
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35680 position as described in section
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35687 reference "sec:Appendices"
35694 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Un/compresses the actual document.
35702 \begin_layout Subsection
35704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35706 name "sub:Settings"
35714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35715 Document ! Settings
35723 \begin_layout Standard
35724 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35726 You can save your document settings as default with the
35728 Save as Document Defaults
35730 button in the dialog.
35731 This will create a template named
35735 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35739 \begin_layout Standard
35740 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35743 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35747 \begin_layout Standard
35748 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35749 Document classes are described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35761 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35766 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35767 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35770 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35774 \begin_layout Standard
35775 The document font settings are described in section
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35782 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35789 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35793 \begin_layout Standard
35794 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35796 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35801 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35802 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35803 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35806 \begin_layout Standard
35807 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35815 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35819 \begin_layout Standard
35820 A description of this menu is given in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35841 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35847 \begin_inset space ~
35851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35853 reference "sub:Margins"
35860 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35866 Language ! Encoding
35874 \begin_layout Standard
35875 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35876 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35877 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35878 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35879 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35880 known for a particular character).
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35886 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35891 manual for details.
35899 \begin_layout Standard
35900 If you use the option
35902 use language's default encoding
35904 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35906 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35907 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35908 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35909 exactly one encoding.
35910 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35920 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35922 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35923 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35938 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35939 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35940 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35941 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35942 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35943 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35946 use language's default encoding
35948 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35949 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35950 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35953 \begin_layout Standard
35954 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35957 \begin_layout Description
35959 \begin_inset space ~
35964 use language's default encoding
35966 , but the LaTeX-package
35974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35975 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35981 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35984 \begin_layout Description
35985 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35988 \begin_layout Description
35989 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35990 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35993 \begin_layout Description
35994 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
35997 \begin_layout Description
35998 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36001 \begin_layout Description
36002 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36005 \begin_layout Description
36006 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36009 \begin_layout Description
36010 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36013 \begin_layout Description
36014 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36015 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36018 \begin_layout Description
36019 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36020 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36023 \begin_layout Description
36024 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36027 \begin_layout Description
36028 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36031 \begin_layout Description
36032 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36035 \begin_layout Description
36036 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36039 \begin_layout Description
36040 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36041 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36042 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36046 \begin_layout Description
36047 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36048 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36051 \begin_layout Description
36052 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36056 \begin_layout Description
36057 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36060 \begin_layout Description
36061 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36062 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36067 the euro currency sign, the
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36080 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36081 be the replacement for latin1
36084 \begin_layout Description
36085 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36088 \begin_layout Description
36089 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36103 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36106 \begin_layout Description
36107 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36111 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36114 \begin_layout Description
36115 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36124 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36129 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36132 \begin_layout Description
36133 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36137 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36146 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36147 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36161 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36168 \begin_inset space ~
36172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36174 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36181 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36186 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36215 For a further description see section
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36222 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36229 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36257 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36262 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36270 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36271 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36279 is used for special integral characters.
36282 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36286 \begin_layout Standard
36287 The float placement options are described in section
36288 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36294 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36301 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36306 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36307 The itemize environment is described in section
36308 \begin_inset space ~
36312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36314 reference "sec:Itemize"
36321 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36325 \begin_layout Standard
36326 Branches are described in section
36327 \begin_inset space ~
36331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36333 reference "sec:Branches"
36340 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36356 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36357 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36358 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36359 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36363 \begin_layout Standard
36364 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36365 \begin_inset space ~
36369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36371 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36378 \begin_layout Section
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36392 \begin_layout Subsection
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Spell checking is explained in section
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36416 The thesaurus is described in section
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36430 \begin_layout Subsection
36435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36444 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36449 \begin_layout Subsection
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36467 \begin_layout Subsection
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36484 Reconfiguration of LyX
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 Reconfiguration of LyX
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36515 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36534 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36541 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36548 \begin_layout Section
36553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36567 \begin_layout Standard
36571 \begin_inset space ~
36576 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36577 classes found by LyX (see also section
36578 \begin_inset space ~
36582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36584 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36591 \begin_layout Section
36593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36595 name "sec:Toolbars"
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36604 \begin_inset space ~
36608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36610 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36618 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36619 This is described in the
36626 \begin_layout Subsection
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 \begin_inset Graphics
36642 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36658 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 \begin_inset Note Note
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36684 manual for more information.
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36700 \begin_inset Tabular
36701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36702 <features islongtable="true">
36703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 \begin_inset Graphics
36711 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36725 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36747 \begin_inset Tabular
36748 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36749 <features islongtable="true">
36750 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36751 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36759 \begin_inset Graphics
36760 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 \begin_inset Graphics
36789 filename ../images/file-open.png
36790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 \begin_inset Graphics
36818 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36846 \begin_inset Graphics
36847 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36875 \begin_inset Graphics
36876 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 \begin_inset Graphics
36905 filename ../images/undo.png
36906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 \begin_inset Graphics
36934 filename ../images/redo.png
36935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 \begin_inset Graphics
36963 filename ../images/cut.png
36964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 \begin_inset Graphics
36992 filename ../images/copy.png
36993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 \begin_inset Graphics
37021 filename ../images/paste.png
37022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 \begin_inset Graphics
37050 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37052 rotateOrigin center
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 \begin_inset Graphics
37088 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37104 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37106 \begin_inset space ~
37117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 \begin_inset Graphics
37123 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37139 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37141 \begin_inset space ~
37152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_inset Graphics
37158 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 Formats text using the current settings in the
37174 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37176 \begin_inset space ~
37187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Graphics
37193 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37210 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37212 \begin_inset space ~
37221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_inset Graphics
37227 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37229 rotateOrigin center
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37256 \begin_inset Graphics
37257 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37259 rotateOrigin center
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 \begin_inset Graphics
37287 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37289 rotateOrigin center
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 Toggle outline window on/off,
37304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37316 \begin_inset Graphics
37317 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37319 rotateOrigin center
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37343 \begin_inset Graphics
37344 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37346 rotateOrigin center
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37372 \begin_layout Subsection
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37386 \begin_layout Standard
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37396 \begin_layout Standard
37397 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37404 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37408 \begin_layout Standard
37409 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37415 \begin_layout Standard
37416 \begin_inset Tabular
37417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37418 <features islongtable="true">
37419 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37420 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 \begin_inset Graphics
37427 filename ../images/layout.png
37428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37429 rotateOrigin center
37438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 \begin_inset Graphics
37454 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37456 rotateOrigin center
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 \begin_inset Graphics
37481 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37483 rotateOrigin center
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 \begin_inset Graphics
37508 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37510 rotateOrigin center
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 \begin_inset Graphics
37535 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37537 rotateOrigin center
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 \begin_inset Graphics
37562 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37564 rotateOrigin center
37573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37581 \begin_inset space ~
37585 \begin_inset space ~
37594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_inset Graphics
37600 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37602 rotateOrigin center
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37619 \begin_inset space ~
37623 \begin_inset space ~
37632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 \begin_inset Graphics
37638 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37655 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 \begin_inset Graphics
37668 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37685 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 \begin_inset Graphics
37698 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37726 \begin_inset Graphics
37727 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37728 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 \begin_inset Graphics
37756 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37779 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37784 \begin_inset Graphics
37785 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37786 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37803 \begin_inset space ~
37812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37817 \begin_inset Graphics
37818 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37836 \begin_inset space ~
37845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37850 \begin_inset Graphics
37851 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 \begin_inset Graphics
37880 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37882 rotateOrigin center
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 \begin_inset space ~
37908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 \begin_inset Graphics
37914 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37931 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37947 \begin_inset Graphics
37948 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37949 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37976 \begin_inset Graphics
37977 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37978 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset Graphics
38006 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38067 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 \begin_inset space ~
38078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 \begin_inset Graphics
38084 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38086 rotateOrigin center
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38120 rotateOrigin center
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38137 \begin_inset space ~
38146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 \begin_inset Graphics
38152 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38153 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38154 rotateOrigin center
38163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38183 \begin_layout Subsection
38184 View / Update Toolbar
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38189 Toolbar ! View / Update
38197 \begin_layout Standard
38198 \begin_inset Graphics
38199 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38206 \begin_layout Standard
38207 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38213 \begin_layout Standard
38214 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38218 \begin_layout Standard
38219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38225 \begin_layout Standard
38226 \begin_inset Tabular
38227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38228 <features islongtable="true">
38229 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38230 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 \begin_inset Graphics
38237 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38239 rotateOrigin center
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 \begin_inset Graphics
38267 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38269 rotateOrigin center
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38285 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38292 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38297 \begin_inset Graphics
38298 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38299 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38300 rotateOrigin center
38309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38330 rotateOrigin center
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38346 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38353 functionality is merged with
38355 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38375 \begin_inset Graphics
38376 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38377 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38378 rotateOrigin center
38387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 \begin_inset Graphics
38406 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38408 rotateOrigin center
38417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38424 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38438 \begin_layout Subsection
38442 \begin_layout Standard
38443 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38444 \begin_inset space ~
38448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38450 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38454 , the table toolbar
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38464 is explained in the
38471 \begin_layout Chapter
38477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38479 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38496 \begin_layout Standard
38497 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38499 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38502 \begin_layout Section
38506 \begin_layout Subsection
38508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38519 Customization ! of toolbars
38528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 Customization ! of menus
38537 \begin_layout Standard
38538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38546 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38555 User Interface File
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 Customization ! of toolbars
38569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38570 Customization ! of menus
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38580 interface (ui) file.
38581 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38582 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38591 Both files are loaded by the
38596 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38597 files and edit the entries.
38600 \begin_layout Standard
38601 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38613 entries must be ended with an explicit
38638 and in the case of the
38639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38651 The syntax for the entries is:
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38683 \begin_layout Standard
38685 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38688 All LyX-functions are listed in
38689 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38698 \begin_layout Standard
38699 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38705 \begin_layout Standard
38706 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38708 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38711 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38715 \begin_layout Standard
38716 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38721 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38726 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38729 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38747 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38748 Several binding files are available:
38751 \begin_layout Description
38752 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38755 \begin_layout Description
38756 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38767 \begin_layout Description
38768 mac.bind set of bindings for
38771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38784 , and bind files for special languages.
38785 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38795 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38799 \begin_layout Standard
38800 Some bind-files, like
38804 , have only a small scope.
38805 When looking at the the end of the file
38809 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38812 \begin_layout Standard
38813 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38814 s with a text editor.
38815 The syntax of the entries is:
38818 \begin_layout Standard
38824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38843 All LyX-functions are listed in
38844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38857 \begin_layout Standard
38861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38868 restore window size, or use fixed size
38870 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38885 restore window position
38887 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38893 Restore cursor positions
38895 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38899 \begin_layout Standard
38902 Load opened files from last session
38904 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38911 name "sub:Backup documents"
38919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38933 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38936 \begin_layout Standard
38941 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38946 \begin_inset space ~
38954 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38958 \begin_layout Standard
38961 Cursor follows scrollbar
38963 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38974 Enable Pixmap Cache
38976 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38977 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38978 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38979 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38981 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38988 \begin_layout Subsection
38993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39002 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39013 \begin_layout Standard
39014 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 This section only deals with the fonts
39027 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39031 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39042 \begin_layout Standard
39043 By default, LyX uses
39047 as roman (serif) font,
39055 (depends on the system) as
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39074 \begin_layout Standard
39075 You can change the font size with the
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39087 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39088 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39093 points have the size of 1
39094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39104 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39116 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39117 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39121 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39128 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39135 \begin_layout Subsection
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39159 \begin_layout Standard
39160 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39161 Choose an item in the list and use the
39168 \begin_layout Subsection
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 Settings ! Graphics
39182 \begin_layout Standard
39183 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39186 \begin_layout Standard
39191 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39192 This feature is described in section
39193 \begin_inset space ~
39197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39199 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39206 \begin_layout Subsection
39211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39230 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39237 \begin_layout Standard
39238 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39239 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39245 \begin_inset space ~
39248 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39249 can use the keyboard map file named
39256 \begin_layout Standard
39257 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39265 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39273 \begin_layout Section
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 Settings ! Directory
39297 \begin_layout Description
39299 \begin_inset space ~
39302 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39303 It is the default when you
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39322 \begin_layout Description
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39327 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39329 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39331 \begin_inset space ~
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39343 \begin_layout Description
39345 \begin_inset space ~
39352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39358 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39359 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39366 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39374 will be used to save the backups.
39375 \begin_inset Newline newline
39378 The backup files have the ending
39379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39389 \begin_layout Description
39394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39402 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39403 \begin_inset Newline newline
39407 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39415 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39423 \begin_layout Description
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39428 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39431 \begin_layout Description
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39436 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39437 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39438 to find it on the system.
39439 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39440 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39449 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39450 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39454 \begin_layout Section
39458 \begin_layout Standard
39459 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39460 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39468 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39472 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39475 \begin_layout Section
39480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39481 Language ! Settings
39490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 Settings ! Language
39499 \begin_layout Subsection
39503 \begin_layout Description
39505 \begin_inset space ~
39508 language is the language used in new documents
39511 \begin_layout Description
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39516 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39518 The default is the LaTeX-command
39524 that loads the package
39532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39533 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39534 \begin_inset space ~
39538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39540 reference "sec:ERT"
39550 \begin_inset Newline newline
39557 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39558 the document language.
39559 A text label is for instance the word
39560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39567 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39570 \begin_layout Description
39572 \begin_inset space ~
39575 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39576 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39577 An example is the start command
39583 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39603 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39608 \begin_layout Description
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39618 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39619 command toggles the package on and off.
39622 \begin_layout Description
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_layout Description
39635 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39636 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39637 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39638 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39645 \begin_layout Description
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39650 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39652 When this option is not set, the
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39660 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39661 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39686 When it is not set, the
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39694 is set to the end of the document.
39697 \begin_layout Description
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset space ~
39706 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39707 language will be underlined blue.
39710 \begin_layout Description
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39727 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39731 \begin_layout Subsection
39735 \begin_layout Standard
39736 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39743 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39750 \begin_layout Section
39754 \begin_layout Subsection
39756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39785 \begin_layout Description
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39791 The name will be used when the
39796 \begin_inset Newline newline
39800 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39808 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39817 \begin_layout Description
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39823 \begin_inset space ~
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39830 printer This option works only for the
39835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39847 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39848 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39851 \begin_layout Description
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39856 command is the command LyX
39857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39864 LaTeX uses for printing.
39865 The default is on most systems
39872 \begin_layout Description
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39881 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39882 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39883 of the program that provides the
39890 \begin_layout Subsection
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39906 Settings ! Date format
39914 \begin_layout Standard
39915 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39916 \begin_inset Newline newline
39920 \begin_inset Flex URL
39923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39931 \begin_inset Newline newline
39934 For example the format
39935 \begin_inset Newline newline
39939 \begin_inset Newline newline
39942 prints the date as day/month/year.
39945 \begin_layout Subsection
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39961 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39962 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39970 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39974 \begin_layout Description
39976 \begin_inset space ~
39979 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39984 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39985 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39988 \begin_layout Subsection
39993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40003 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40012 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40020 \begin_layout Description
40025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40033 \begin_inset space ~
40036 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40041 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40063 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40076 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40077 LyX sets up in the background.
40078 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40081 \begin_layout Description
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40087 \begin_inset space ~
40090 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40095 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40098 \begin_layout Description
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40123 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40128 dialog when changing the document class.
40131 \begin_layout Standard
40134 External Applications
40136 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40137 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40138 manuals of the applications.
40139 Currently the following commands can be set:
40142 \begin_layout Description
40147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40158 command Command for the program
40162 that is described in section
40173 \begin_layout Description
40178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 \begin_inset space ~
40189 command Command for the program
40193 that generates the bibliography, see section
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40207 \begin_layout Description
40209 \begin_inset space ~
40212 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40219 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40226 \begin_layout Description
40228 \begin_inset space ~
40232 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40243 options They only have an effect when the program
40247 is used as DVI-viewer.
40250 \begin_layout Subsection
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 \begin_layout Standard
40279 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40282 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40284 uses the Windows path style:
40287 \begin_layout Standard
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40296 instead of the Unix path style:
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40303 \begin_layout Section
40308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40317 \begin_layout Standard
40318 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40319 from one format to another.
40320 You can modify them or create new ones.
40321 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40338 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40347 drop-down list, modify the
40351 field, and press the
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40361 Converter File Cache
40363 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40366 Maximum Age (in days
40369 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40370 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40375 the converter definition, is described in section
40386 \begin_layout Section
40391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40400 name "sec:File-Formats"
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40409 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40411 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40419 \begin_inset space ~
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40432 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40433 is described in section
40444 \begin_layout Section
40449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40459 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40460 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40461 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40462 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40463 This is done by a Copier.
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40467 More about converters is described in section
40478 \begin_layout Chapter
40479 Units available in LyX
40483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40492 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40499 \begin_layout Standard
40500 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40503 reference "cap:Units"
40507 explains all units available in LyX.
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 \begin_inset Float table
40517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 \begin_inset Caption
40520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40536 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 \begin_inset Tabular
40545 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40699 scaled point (65536
40700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40760 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40815 % of original image width
40822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41029 \begin_layout Chapter
41031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41040 \begin_layout Standard
41041 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41042 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41045 \begin_layout Itemize
41048 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41051 \begin_layout Itemize
41057 \begin_layout Itemize
41063 \begin_layout Itemize
41069 \begin_layout Itemize
41075 \begin_layout Itemize
41081 \begin_layout Itemize
41087 \begin_layout Itemize
41093 \begin_layout Itemize
41096 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41099 \begin_layout Itemize
41105 \begin_layout Itemize
41111 \begin_layout Itemize
41117 \begin_layout Itemize
41123 \begin_layout Itemize
41129 \begin_layout Itemize
41135 \begin_layout Itemize
41141 \begin_layout Itemize
41147 \begin_layout Itemize
41149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41158 \begin_layout Standard
41159 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41162 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41169 \begin_layout Bibliography
41170 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41171 LatexCommand bibitem
41178 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41181 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41186 \begin_inset Newline newline
41190 \begin_inset Flex URL
41193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41195 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41203 \begin_layout Bibliography
41204 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41205 LatexCommand bibitem
41206 key "latexcompanion"
41210 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41212 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41215 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41218 \begin_layout Bibliography
41219 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41220 LatexCommand bibitem
41225 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41228 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41231 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41234 \begin_layout Bibliography
41235 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41236 LatexCommand bibitem
41243 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41246 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41249 \begin_layout Bibliography
41250 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41251 LatexCommand bibitem
41263 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41266 \begin_layout Bibliography
41267 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41268 LatexCommand bibitem
41274 \begin_inset Newline newline
41278 \begin_inset Flex URL
41281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41283 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41291 \begin_layout Bibliography
41292 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41293 LatexCommand bibitem
41299 \begin_inset Newline newline
41303 \begin_inset Flex URL
41306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41308 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41316 \begin_layout Bibliography
41317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41318 LatexCommand bibitem
41324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41326 name "Documentation"
41327 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41336 \begin_inset Newline newline
41340 \begin_inset Flex URL
41343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41345 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41353 \begin_layout Bibliography
41354 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41355 LatexCommand bibitem
41361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41363 name "Documentation"
41364 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41373 \begin_inset Newline newline
41377 \begin_inset Flex URL
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41382 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41390 \begin_layout Bibliography
41391 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41392 LatexCommand bibitem
41398 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41400 name "Documentation"
41401 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41405 of the LaTeX-package
41413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41414 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41420 \begin_inset Newline newline
41424 \begin_inset Flex URL
41427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41429 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41437 \begin_layout Bibliography
41438 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41439 LatexCommand bibitem
41445 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41447 name "Documentation"
41448 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41452 of the LaTeX-package
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41461 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41467 \begin_inset Newline newline
41471 \begin_inset Flex URL
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41484 \begin_layout Bibliography
41485 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41486 LatexCommand bibitem
41492 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41494 name "Documentation"
41495 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41499 of the LaTeX-package
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41508 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41514 \begin_inset Newline newline
41518 \begin_inset Flex URL
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41531 \begin_layout Bibliography
41532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41533 LatexCommand bibitem
41539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41541 name "Documentation"
41542 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41546 of the LaTeX-package
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41561 \begin_inset Newline newline
41565 \begin_inset Flex URL
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41578 \begin_layout Bibliography
41579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41580 LatexCommand bibitem
41586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41588 name "Documentation"
41589 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41593 of the LaTeX-package
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41608 \begin_inset Newline newline
41612 \begin_inset Flex URL
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41617 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41625 \begin_layout Bibliography
41626 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41627 LatexCommand bibitem
41633 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41636 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41640 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41641 \begin_inset Newline newline
41645 \begin_inset Flex URL
41648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41658 \begin_layout Bibliography
41659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41660 LatexCommand bibitem
41666 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41669 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41673 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41674 \begin_inset Newline newline
41678 \begin_inset Flex URL
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41683 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41691 \begin_layout Bibliography
41692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41693 LatexCommand bibitem
41699 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41702 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41706 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41707 \begin_inset Newline newline
41711 \begin_inset Flex URL
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41716 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41724 \begin_layout Bibliography
41725 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41726 LatexCommand bibitem
41732 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41735 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41739 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41740 \begin_inset Newline newline
41744 \begin_inset Flex URL
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41757 \begin_layout Bibliography
41758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41759 LatexCommand bibitem
41765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41768 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41772 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41773 \begin_inset Newline newline
41777 \begin_inset Flex URL
41780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41790 \begin_layout Bibliography
41791 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41792 LatexCommand bibitem
41798 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41801 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41805 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41806 \begin_inset Newline newline
41810 \begin_inset Flex URL
41813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41815 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41823 \begin_layout Bibliography
41824 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41825 LatexCommand bibitem
41831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41834 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41838 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41839 \begin_inset Newline newline
41843 \begin_inset Flex URL
41846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41848 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41856 \begin_layout Bibliography
41857 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41858 LatexCommand bibitem
41864 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41867 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41871 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41872 \begin_inset Newline newline
41876 \begin_inset Flex URL
41879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41889 \begin_layout Bibliography
41890 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41891 LatexCommand bibitem
41897 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41900 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41904 about new features in
41909 \begin_inset Newline newline
41913 \begin_inset Flex URL
41916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41926 \begin_layout Standard
41927 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 \begin_inset Note Note
41964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41972 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41973 bibliography is the second one:
41981 \begin_layout Standard
41982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41983 LatexCommand bibtex
41984 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
41985 options "biblio/alphadin"
41992 \begin_layout Standard
41993 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41996 \begin_layout Standard
41999 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42000 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42005 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42006 LatexCommand printindex